Spec Book 2017 USA

Page 1

HARDSCAPER’S HANDBOOK USA PENNSYLVANIA 852 W. Pennsylvania Avenue, Pen Argyl, PA 18072 PENNSYLVANIA 23 Quarry Road, Douglassville, PA 19518 MASSACHUSETTS 70 East Brookfield Rd., North Brookfield, MA 01535 NORTH CAROLINA 5135 Surrett Drive, Archdale, NC 27263 OHIO

T E C H O

15000 W. Akron Canfield Rd., Berlin Center, OH 44401

S P E C

ILLINOIS

3401, 85th Avenue West, Rock Island, IL 61201

WATERLOO

2397 County Road 27, Waterloo, IN 46793

CANADA

OTTAWA 6310 Hazeldean Road - P.O. Box 1791, Stittsville, ON K2S 1B4

USA

V O L .17

USA

MONTREAL 5255 Albert-Millichamp street, Saint-Hubert, QC J3Y 8Z8

TECHOSPEC

ILLINOIS

24312 W. Riverside Dr, Channahon, IL 60410

TORONTO 10 Freshway Drive, Vaughan, ON L4K 1S3 TORONTO 1050 Industrial Road, Ayr, ON N0B 1E0

• • • •

DE-ICING SALT RESISTANT STRENGTH & DURABILITY TRANSFERABLE LIFETIME WARRANTY COLOR THROUGH & THROUGH

PROUD MEMBER OF

SB17_Sec000_C1-C4_USA.indd 1

VOLUME 17

TOLL FREE: 1.877.832.4625 WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM

2016-12-07 11:37 AM


COLOR Due to the inherent nature of printed literature and current digital media, Techo-Bloc cannot guarantee specific color matching to printed representations of its color swatches. Each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another. Therefore, color samples shown are approximate representations of our standard colors and actual product colors may vary. Final color selection should be made at your local dealer from stocked product. Techo-Bloc always recommends immediately verifying the product and color upon reception. If there are any discrepancies, contact your local dealer before continuing your project. Installation of the product constitutes your acceptance of the product as is.

PROPER COLOR DISTRIBUTION AND LAYING TECHNIQUES Proper installation enhances the overall color of pavement. Units should be randomly picked from at least two pallets when installing. This creates an attractive and subtle blending of color.

EFFLORESCENCE This warranty does not apply to efflorescence. Efflorescence is a natural occurring process in all concrete products which sometimes appears in the form of a white powdery film on the pavement surface. Efflorescence is more perceivable in darker colors such as Onyx Black and Chocolate Brown as there is a higher level of contrast than with other blended colors. It does not, in any way, compromise the functionality or the structural integrity of the product. Although efflorescence cannot be prevented, it will wash off over time or can be cleaned with efflorescence cleaner. TechoBloc accepts no responsibility or liability for this condition.

POLYMERIC HAZE Polymeric haze from the use of polymeric joint sand may appear on your concrete products if the sand was not removed from the surface of the paver properly. This does not, in any way, affect the integrity of the product or your installation. The hazing will weather away naturally with time and rain. It can be removed with a specialized cleaner; you are advised to contact your contractor or the polymeric sand company used for advice on recommendations. Techo-Bloc accepts no responsibility or liability for this occurrence.

CONSTRUCTION RESIDUE A by-product of cutting with a saw is residue-filled water or concrete dust. Residue-filled water or re-hydrated dust can cling to the surface and leave a concrete stain. It is recommended to wash and remove the water or concrete dust from the surface of the pavers before it dries. Construction residue can also happen through soil disturbance or environmental elements. These contaminants should be removed immediately but do not affect the integrity of the product or your installation. Techo-Bloc accepts no responsibility or liability for these occurrences.

COMPACTOR AND SNOW REMOVAL EQUIPMENT Pavers with an embossed surface (high and low points) are more susceptible to scuff marks from vibratory plate compactors used in most concrete paver installations. Techo-Bloc recommends the use of a urethane mat between the plate and the paver surface during compacting. Contact your equipment supplier for more information about accessories for this purpose. Also, snow removal equipment should have the proper spacing, bumpers, and rubber blade guards to protect the surface of the pavers. Techo-Bloc is not responsible for damage caused by the misuse of compaction or snow removal equipment, which may leave scuff marks, or burns on pavers.

SB17_Sec000_C1-C4_USA.indd 2

2016-12-07 11:37 AM


TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY TECHO-BLOC IS PROUD TO CERTIFY that our paving stones and retaining walls meet the latest industry standards in Canada and the United States of America. All Techo-Bloc manufactured landscape products comply with and surpass all applicable standards established by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association), ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) and the BNQ (Bureau de normalisation du Québec), recognized as the strictest standards throughout the world.

TECHO-BLOC OFFERS A TRANSFERABLE LIFETIME WARRANTY on the structural integrity of all paving stones and retaining wall stones it manufactures. It covers any disintegration and/or decomposition of the above mentioned products resulting from natural causes and the abnormal deterioration of the surface due to the use of sodium chloride (NaCl) such as de-icing salt. IF PRODUCTS PROVE DEFECTIVE, we will replace these units. Techo-Bloc’s responsibility is limited to its products only and not to the costs related to the installation of those products. Installation of the product constitutes your acceptance of the product as is. Techo-Bloc will honor this transferable lifetime warranty with a proof of purchase such as an invoice or delivery slip. All conditions of the Techo-Bloc warranty apply to the High Definition collection.

STONEDGE COLLECTION WARRANTY STONEDGE™ LANDSCAPE AND MASONRY PRODUCTS are manufactured under the highest standards of quality and workmanship. This warranty is offered to the original Consumer Purchaser (Homeowner), for as long as they own their home. STONEDGE™ warrants that the product is free from defects in material and workmanship, and is in compliance with the specifications of the Canadian Standards Association and the American Standards for testing Materials. All exclusions concerning color, efflorescence, polymeric haze, construction-born residue, compactor & snow removal equipment apply. Unlike the Techo-Bloc products, Stonedge products are not warranted for the use of sodium chloride (NaCl) such as de-icing salt. We recommend the use of these products in backyards where winter access is limited.

techo-bloc.com

NOTE: This warranty does not apply to any breakage, chipping, natural wear or other deterioration that were caused from improper design or installation which does not comply with applicable codes, the ICPI (Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute), NCMA (National Concrete Masonry Association) and recognized work procedures. This warranty does not apply to any damage resulting from a natural disaster or from a deliberate and/or negligible act on the part of the purchaser, owner of the building, installer or any third party. For industry information about efflorescence, polymeric haze or information pertaining to installation specifications, please visit www.icpi.org or www.ncma.org.

3

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 3

2016-12-07 11:12 AM


Techo-Bloc.com RESOURCES GUIDE

Stay connected! www.facebook.com/techobloc

www.instagram.com/techobloc

www.twitter.com/techobloc

www.pinterest.com/techobloc

www.youtube.com/techobloc

www.houzz.com/pro/techobloc

www.linkedin.com/company/techo-bloc

LEGEND TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY

DE-ICING SALT RESISTANT

USE VIBRATING PLATE

PERMEABLE PAVERS

S

STONEDGE WARRANTY

DO NOT USE DE-ICING SALT

DO NOT USE VIBRATING PLATE

STONE TO STONE TONE DISTRIBUTION

ROAD TRAFFIC

LIGHT TRAFFIC

PEDESTRIAN

HIGH DEFINITION

techo-bloc.com

T

4

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 4

2016-12-07 11:12 AM


Table of contents 2 4

7 10 12 17 18

DESIGN CORNER Colors Style Labs Solar reflectance index Color coordinate

SLABS

General technical information Aberdeen Blu 60mm Slate and slate aged Blu 60mm Smooth Blu 60mm Polished Blu 60mm Galaxy Blu 60mm 6"x13" Slate Blu 60mm 6"x13" Smooth Blu Grande Slate Blu Grande Smooth Blu Grande Polished & Galaxy Borealis Slab Borealis Stepping stones Dunes Inca Maya Ocean Grande Para Travertina Raw Tux

PAVERS

General technical information Allegro Antika Athena Blu 80mm Slate Blu 80mm Smooth Blu 80mm Polished Blu 80mm Galaxy Blu 80mm 6"x13" Smooth & Slate Elena Eva Flagstone Hera Rectangle Hera Square Industria 200 series Smooth & Granitex Industria 200 series Polished

21 21 26 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 47 48 48 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66

Industria 300 series Smooth & Granitex Industria 300 series Polished Industria 600 series Smooth & Granitex Industria 600 series Polished Linea Small rectangles Linea Large rectangles Mista Grande Mista Random Mista Square Parisien Square Parisien Rectangle Parisien Circle Installation guides San Marino Small rectangles San Marino Large rectangles Valet Victorien 60mm Villagio

PERMEABLE PAVERS General technical information Inflo Pure Victorien 60mm Permeable

WALLS

General technical information Baltimore 90mm Baltimore 180mm Installation guides Borealis Installation guides Brandon 90mm Brandon 180mm Brandon 90 & 180mm Installation guides G-Force G-Force Corner Installation guides Graphix Installation guides Manchester Installation guides Mini-Creta 3" Mini-Creta 6" Mini-Creta 3" Architectural Mini-Creta 6" Architectural Pillar 24" Mini-Creta

67 68 69 70 73 74 75 76 77 78 78 79 80 82 83 84 85 86 87 87 94 95 96 97 97 119 120 121 129 130 131 132 133 134 145 146 147 148 149 151 152 154 155 156 157 158

techo-bloc.com

Warranties Resources

5

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 5

2016-12-07 11:12 AM


Pillar 24" Mini-Creta Architectural Installation guides Prescott 2.25" Prescott 4.5” Prescott Corners & pillars Installation guides Raffinato 90mm & 180mm Raffinato 90mm & 180mm Raffinato 90mm & 180mm pillars, corners & edges Raffinato 90mm & 180mm pillars, corners & edges Installation guides Röcka Installation guides Semma

Polished Smooth Polished

techo-bloc.com

General technical information STEPS Borealis Maya Raffinato Röcka Intallation guide York 60” OVERLAY SYSTEMS Blu 45mm Slate Blu 45mm Smooth Venetian Slate Venetian Smooth CAPS Architectural York 60” Installation guide Bali Travertina Raw Brandon Bullnose Bullnose Grande Graphix Piedimonte Portofino Installation guide

Prima 14” Smooth Prima 14” Polished Raffinato 14”x28” Travertina Raw York Pillar cap York Wall cap York Counter top

183

General technical information Avignon Belgik Borealis Brandon Pietra Raffinato 90mm Raffinato 180mm Röcka Tundra

Smooth

Semma Corner & pillar Installation guides Suprema Installation guides Travertina Raw Travertina Raw Corners & pillars

STEPS & CAPS

159 160 17 172 173 174 181 182

184 185 194 195 196 197 198 203 204 208 209 210 211 214 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 220 221 222 223 224 224 225 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233

EDGES

OUTDOOR FEATURES Brandon Rectangular fire pit Installation guide Brandon Square fire pit Installation guide Manchester Foyer Shale Grey Installation guide Manchester Foyer Harvest Gold Installation guide Manchester Pizza Oven Elite Installation guide Manchester Pizza Oven Rustic Installation guide Prescott Fire pit Installation guide Raffinato Pizza oven Installation guide Raffinato Fire pit Installation guide Valencia Fire pit Installation guide

234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274

6

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 6

2016-12-07 11:12 AM


DESIGN CORNER COLORS, TEXTURES & INSPIRATION

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 7

2016-12-07 11:12 AM


DESIGN CORNER

Textures

SLATE/NATURAL

SMOOTH

Aberdeen (p. 26) Blu (p. 28, p. 34, p. 55) Inca (p. 40) Maya (p. 42) Eva (p. 61) Flagstone (p. 62) Mista (p. 75)

Blu (p. 29, p. 35, p. 56) Industria (p. 41, p. 65) Tux (p. 47) Antika (p. 53) Linea (p. 73) Parisien (p. 78)

San Marino (p. 82) Brandon (p. 131) Prescott (p. 171) Röcka (p. 194, p. 217) York Step (p. 219, p. 238) Portofino Cap (p. 232) Venetian overlay (p. 222)

POLISHED Victorien (p. 85) Graphix (p. 148) Bullnose (p. 228) Raffinato (p. 181, p. 216, p. 236, p. 250) G-Force (p. 145) Venetian overlay (p. 223)

Blu (p. 30, p. 36, p. 57) Industria (p. 41, p. 66) Raffinato (p. 181, p. 250) Prima 14 (p. 235)

GALAXY

BRUSHED TRAVERTINE

WOOD

Blu (p. 31, p. 36, p. 58)

Travertina Raw (p. 45, p. 208, p. 226)

Borealis (p. 37, p. 38, p. 129, p. 214, p. 247)

8

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 8

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


Textures

BEVELED

BASALT

Allegro (p. 52) Athena (p. 54) Elena (p. 60) Hera (p. 63)

Pure (p. 95) Villagio (p. 86)

Valet (p. 84)

SAND DUNES

HIGH DEFINITION SMOOTH

OCEAN WAVE

Dunes (p. 39)

Para (p. 44)

Ocean Grande (p. 43)

Manchester (p. 151) Mini-Creta (p. 154, p. 156) Semma (p. 197) Suprema (p. 203)

DESIGN CORNER

AGED/SPLIT FACE/RUSTIC

9

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 9

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


Colors

DESIGN CORNER

TECHO-BLOC COLORS SANDLEWOOD

Mix of tan and charcoal

GREY

Grey

SHALE GREY

Mix of grey and charcoal

RED & BLACK

Mix of red and charcoal

MOJAVE BEIGE

Mix of tan with brown midtones & lowlights

CHAMPLAIN GREY

Mix of grey, charcoal and tan

ONYX BLACK

Dark black tones

HARVEST GOLD

Mix of chocolate brown, light cream and gold

CHESTNUT BROWN

Mix of chocolate brown and light cream to light grey

AUTUMN RED

Mix of deep red, tan and gold

CHOCOLATE BROWN

Dark brown tones

BRAZILIAN SAND

Sand-colored base with a mix of gold and yellow tones

BRUSHED PEWTER

Mix of pewter grey and charcoal with black undertones

GREYED NICKEL

Light grey with warm undertones

BEIGE CREAM

Cream base with warm beige midtones

SANDLEWOOD

GREY

SHALE GREY

RED & BLACK

MOJAVE BEIGE

CHAMPLAIN GREY

ONYX BLACK

HARVEST GOLD

CHESTNUT BROWN

AUTUMN RED

CHOCOLATE BROWN

BRUSHED PEWTER

BRAZILIAN SAND

GREYED NICKEL

BEIGE CREAM

10

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 10

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


Colors STONEDGE COLLECTION TONES VICTORIA TONES

Mix of light grey, charcoal, brown and rust tones

RIVIERA TONES

Mix of dark grey, charcoal, brown, light green and rust tones

ONYX BLACK TONES

Mix of dark black tones

ROCK GARDEN BROWN TONES

Mix of mid & light brown tones

CHOCOLATE BROWN TONES

Mix of dark brown tones

IVORY TONES

Mix of yellow and cream tones

AZZURRO TONES

Mix of light blue & grey tones

BAJA BEIGE TONES

Mix of light tan and brown highlights

OLIVE TONES

Mix of light green & yellow highlights

CORAL SANDS TONES

Mix of golden sand and light beige tones

SMOKED PINE TONES

Rich dark brown base veined with darker tones

HAZELNUT BRANDY TONES

Light brown base veined with darker tones

SAUVIGNON OAK TONES

Sand-colored base tones with tan highlights

RIVIERA

ONYX BLACK

ROCK GARDEN BROWN

IVORY

AZZURRO

BAJA BEIGE

CORAL SANDS

SMOKED PINE

HAZELNUT BRANDY

SAUVIGNON OAK

CHOCOLATE BROWN

DESIGN CORNER

VICTORIA

11

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 11

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


S T Y L E

L A B GARDEN

A

B

DESIGN CORNER

C

D

E F

12

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 12

A travertina raw slab ivory, borealis 5x10 slab hazelnut brandy B antika paver shale grey C blu grande smooth slab & blu 6 x 13 smooth slab grey nickel

D baltimore wall shale grey, raffinato cap onyx black E villagio paver champlain grey F prescott fire pit riviera

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


S T Y L E

L A B M O D E R N R U ST I C

A

B

C

D DESIGN CORNER

E

G A industria 300 x 600 smooth paver greyed nickel, san marino small rectangle paver chestnut brown B blu grande smooth slab shale grey C borealis 5x10 slab smoked pine & hazelnut brandy mix D brandon stone veneer, forno pizza oven appliance

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 13

F

E blu 60 mm slate slab champlain grey,borealis 5 x 10 slab hazelnut brandy F borealis stepping stone slab hazelnut brandy / Swing seat jardindeville.com G brandon rectangle fire pit shale grey 13

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


S T Y L E

L A B P O L I S H E D C A S UA L

A

B

C

DESIGN CORNER

D

E

G

14

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 14

A aberdeen slab riviera B blu 60mm slate slab champlain grey C travertina raw slab riviera & borealis 5 x 30 hazelnut brandy D ocean slab greyed nickel

F

E graphix wall beige cream F blu grande polished slab greyed nickel G raffinato pizza oven base - counter greyed nickel - forno oven

2016-12-07 11:13 AM


S T Y L E

L A B E U R O ST Y L E

A

B C

D DESIGN CORNER

E

F G A mista paver harvest gold B rocka step riviera C villagio paver shale grey & onyx black D travertina raw slab ivory

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 15

E industra 200 x 200 onyx black & greyed nickel F bullnose cap onyx blacD G manchester elite foyer shale grey 15

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


S T Y L E

L A B C O N T E M P O R A RY

A

B

C

DESIGN CORNER

D

E

F G

16

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 16

A blu grande polisehd slab shale grey B raffinato polished wall onyx black C blu 80 mm smooth slab shale grey D dunes slab shale grey

E aberdeen slab riviera F blu grande slab polished greyed nickel G raffinato fire pit greyed nickel

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Solar Reflectance Index Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) is a composite measure that combines surface’s solar reflectance and emittance. Essentially, the SRI is an indicator of how well a surface reflects (reflectance) and release absorbed solar radiation (emittance). The lower the SRI, the hotter a material is likely to become in the sunlight. High SRI surfaces can help reduce the urban heat island that causes cities to stay warmer which contributes to increase energy consumption for air conditioning systems and air pollution. Summary of LEED® criterion for credits on heat island reduction applicable to paving products for non-roof and parking cover applications (minimum values): INITIAL

3-YEAR AGED

29

-

NON-ROOF APPLICATIONS

LEED 2009

Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)

LEED v4

Solar reflectance

0.33

0.28

PARKING COVER APPLICATIONS

LEED 2009

Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)

29

-

LEED v4

Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)

39

32

Solar reflectance and SRI values for Techo-Bloc landscaping products, as tested by independent testing laboratory: COLOR

SWATCH

SOLAR SOLAR REFLECTANCE REFLECTANCE INDEX (SRI)

COLOR

SWATCH

SOLAR SOLAR REFLECTANCE REFLECTANCE INDEX (SRI)

Autumn red

0.15

14

Hazelnut Brandy

0.23

23

Azzurro

0.15

12

Ivory

0.46

53

Baja Beige

0.38

42

Mojave beige

0.26

29

Beige Cream

0.30

32

Olive

0.17

15

Brazilian sand

See note below

Onyx black

See note below

Brushed pewter

See note below

Red & black

See note below

Champlain grey Charcoal Chestnut brown

25

See note below 0.23

25

See note below

Riviera

0.20

19

Rock Garden Brown

0.21

20

Sandlewood

0.21

23

Sauvignon Oak

0.35

38

Coral Sands

0.40

45

Shale grey

0.24

26

Grey

0.30

34

Smoked Pine

0.12

9

Greyed Nickel

0.32

35

Victoria

0.36

40

Harvest gold

0.18

18

DESIGN CORNER

Chocolate brown

0.23

Note: Since the overall objective of the SRI is to encourage light colored surfaces, these colors were not tested either because of their darkness or they were not applicable to paving products.

17

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 17

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Color Coordinate

                     

             

beige cream

sauvignon oak

hazelnut brandy

   

     

                     

beige cream

coral sands

brazilian sand

baja beige

  azzurro

ivory

chocolate brown

autumn red

      

 chestnut brown

 

harvest gold

   

       

riviera

 

red & black

       

charcoal

    

shale grey

Allegro Antika Athena Blu 80 mm - Slate Blu 80 mm (6"×13") - Slate Blu 80 mm - Smooth Blu 80 mm (6"×13") - Smooth Blu 80mm - Polished Blu 80 mm - Galaxy Elena Eva Flagstone Hera - Square & Rectangle Industria Collection Linea Mista - Square & random Permeable Mista Grande Parisien - Square Parisien - Circle Parisien - Rectangle San Marino Valet Victorien 60 mm Villagio

grey

PAVERS

victoria

champlain grey

mojave beige

rock garden brown

 

   

onyx black

smoked pine

coral sands

brazilian sand

baja beige

azzurro

ivory

chocolate brown

autumn red

chestnut brown

   

greyed nickel

   

 

        

greyed nickel

   

sauvignon oak

harvest gold

rock garden brown

onyx black

riviera

victoria

     

hazelnut brandy

   

champlain grey

mojave beige

red & black

charcoal

shale grey

      

smoked pine

   

sandlewood

DESIGN CORNER

Aberdeen Blu 60 mm - Slate Blu Grande - Slate Blu 60 mm (6"×13") - Slate Blu 60 mm - Slate Aged Blu 60 mm & Blu Grande Smooth Blu 60 mm (6"×13") - Smooth Blu 60 mm & Grande - Polished Blu 60 mm & Grande - Galaxy Borealis Borealis - Stepping stones Dunes Inca Industria - 600 series Maya Ocean Para High Definition Travertina Raw Tux

grey

SLABS

sandlewood

Consult your local Techo-Bloc sales representative or authorized dealer for color availability.

   

   

    

                          

 

 New

 Available

Available 1⁄2 pallet

18

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 18

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


 

 

 

  

 

   

   

   

     

beige cream beige cream

sauvignon oak sauvignon oak

greyed nickel

hazelnut brandy hazelnut brandy

greyed nickel

smoked pine

 

chestnut brown

         

 

 

  

     

      

     

beige cream

greyed nickel

sauvignon oak

hazelnut brandy

smoked pine

coral sands

    

       

  

 

 

 

       

brazilian sand

baja beige

azzurro

chocolate brown

autumn red

   

ivory

      

 

  

    

     New

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 19

smoked pine

baja beige baja beige

coral sands

azzurro azzurro

brazilian sand

ivory ivory

coral sands

chocolate brown chocolate brown

brazilian sand

autumn red autumn red

chestnut brown

rock garden brown

harvest gold harvest gold

rock garden brown

riviera

onyx black

 

onyx black

riviera

victoria

victoria

champlain grey

mojave beige

 

   

red & black

 

chestnut brown

      

harvest gold

    

rock garden brown

    

onyx black

riviera

victoria

champlain grey

mojave beige

red & black

charcoal

shale grey

champlain grey

mojave beige

red & black

charcoal

shale grey

grey grey

sandlewood

 

DESIGN CORNER

Architectural Cap Bali Travertina Raw Cap Brandon Cap Bullnose Cap Bullnose grande Cap Graphix Cap Piedimonte Caps Portofino Cap Prima 14" Cap Prima 14" Polished Raffinato Caps - Smooth Raffinato Caps - 60 mm Travertina Raw York Collection Borealis step Maya step Raffinato step - Smooth Röcka steps 48" & 60" York step Blu 45 mm Concrete Overlay System - Slate Blu 45 mm Concrete Overlay System - Smooth Venetian Concrete Overlay System - Slate Venetian Concrete Overlay System - Smooth

 

charcoal

STEPS, CAPS AND OVERLAY SYSTEMS

 

 

  

 

shale grey

Baltimore 90 mm & 180 mm Brandon Borealis G-Force Graphix Manchester Mini-Creta 3" Mini-Creta 6" & Pillar collection Mini-Creta 3" Architectural Mini-Creta 6" Architectural & Pillar Prescott collection Raffinato smooth collection Raffinato polished collection Röcka Semma Suprema - collection Travertina Raw

   

grey

WALLS & PILLARS

sandlewood

Inflo Pure Victorien 60 mm Permeable

sandlewood

PERMEABLE PAVERS

 Available

Available 1⁄2 pallet

19

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


DESIGN CORNER

OUTDOOR FEATURES

Foyer Brandon fire pit Prescott fire pit Raffinato fire pit Valencia fire pit Manchester Elite, pizza oven Manchester rustic, pizza oven Raffinato, pizza oven

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 20

   

 

    

      New

 Available

beige cream

greyed nickel

sauvignon oak

hazelnut brandy

    

smoked pine

coral sands

  brazilian sand

baja beige

azzurro

 

ivory

  

  

chocolate brown

 

autumn red

  

chestnut brown

 

harvest gold

 

rock garden brown

   

onyx black

 

riviera

 

victoria

champlain grey

mojave beige

red & black

charcoal

shale grey

grey

Avignon Belgik Borealis Brandon Pietra Raffinato smooth Raffinato polished Röcka Tundra

sandlewood

beige cream

greyed nickel

sauvignon oak

hazelnut brandy

smoked pine

coral sands

brazilian sand

baja beige

azzurro

ivory

chocolate brown

autumn red

chestnut brown

harvest gold

rock garden brown

onyx black

riviera

victoria

champlain grey

mojave beige

red & black

charcoal

shale grey

grey

sandlewood

EDGES

      

  

 

Available 1⁄2 pallet

20

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


SLABS PATIOS, WALKWAYS, POOLSIDES & STEPPING STONES

PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS CHARACTERISTICS

ASTM C1782

Modulus of rupture

725 psi [5.0 MPa]

Resistance to freezing and thawing

Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m² at 28 cycles Mass loss (max.): 500 g/m² at 49 cycles

Dimensional tolerance (Units up to and including 24 in. [610 mm]) Dimensional tolerance (Units over 24 in. [610 mm])

Length & Width: -0.04 in. [1.0 mm] and +0.08 in. [2.0 mm] Thickness: + 0.12 in. [3.0 mm] Length & Width: -0.06 in. [1.5 mm] and +0.12 in. [3.0 mm] Thickness: + 0.12 in. [3.0 mm]

Concave or Convex Warpage (Up to and including 17.75 in. [450 mm])

+ 0.08 in. [2.0 mm]

Concave or Convex Warpage (Over 17.75 in. [450 mm])

+ 0.12 in. [3.0 mm]

Notes : Dimensional tolerances prior to the application of architectural finishes.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 21

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Installation guide TYPICAL APPLICATION USAGE

SLABS

SECTOR

TRAFFIC TYPE & APPLICATIONS

SLABS

1. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. residential driveways)

- Blu 60 mm (6 x 13)

- Aberdeen - Blu 60 mm

RESIDENTIAL

- Blu Grande - Borealis 2. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times (ex. patios)

- Dunes - Inca - Industria Slab (60 mm) - Maya - Ocean Grande - Para (High Definition) - Travertina Raw - Tux

ICI

Pedestrian only and at all times, without cars, or trucks or other mobile equipment (ex. terraces, parks, pedestrian walkways)

Adjustable pedestal applications: - Blu Grande - Industria Slab (60 mm)

techo-bloc.com

(Industrial, Commercial and Institutional)

3. Pedestrian

22

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 22

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Installation guide SLABS

INSTALLATION OUTLINE SLABS

01 EXCAVATION A. Before excavating, call all the local utility companies (e.g., phone, gas, electrical) to ensure that the area in which you plan to dig is clear of underground cables or wires. If any are found, please notify the appropriate companies before you continue. B. When excavating, it is important to achieve a slope in increments of 3⁄16" per ft (5 mm per 300 mm) which will allow for proper drainage. The excavation should mirror final grade of pavement. C. The width of the base behind the edge should be equivalent to the thickness of the base. D. With the help of a rake, grade the bottom of the excavated area. If the natural soil is granular or sandy we recommend that you compact the soil with a vibrating plate. If the soil is clay-like, change the soil with a blend of lime and crushed stone prior to compaction. Next, cover it with a layer of geotextile membrane to prevent the contamination of the base (clay and 0-3⁄4" [0-20 mm] crushed stone). Refer to the table "Thickness of the Granular Foundation" (on next page) to find the minimum thickness of foundation required.

02 FOUNDATION A. Install the 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) crushed stone base in 4" (100 mm) lifts with a minimum 5,000 lbf (22 kN) vibrating plate compactor. B. To facilitate compacting, wet the base material thoroughly and compact with a vibrating plate proceeding in all directions. Continue this process until you achieve the desired height. At this stage, you can verify the final height with the help of a paver. C. Base tolerance ± 3⁄8" (10 mm) for every 10' (3-m) increment.

03 THE SETTING BED A. On the compacted crushed base, install two pipes with an outside diameter of 1" (25 mm). Grade the concrete sand with the help of a straight edge (or Quick-E leveler). If the base isn’t properly graded and smooth, imperfections will be evident in the finishing grade of the pavement. B. Once the setting bed is graded, pre-compact with a hand tamper, then lightly fluff.

04 INSTALLATION OF SLABS A. Once the choice of slabs and the design have been finalized, it is recommended you start installing the slabs at a 90-degree angle. To obtain a 90-degree angle, use the rule of a 3 / 4 / 5-triangle. To do this, proceed as follows: measure a first horizontal line of 3' (1-m) and a second line of 4' (1.2 m) perpendicular to the first. Connect a third straight line of 5' (1.5 m), which will form a triangle, and the result will be a perfect 90-degree angle. While installing the slabs, walk on the installed slabs and fill in gaps caused by the pipes with concrete sand. B. It is always recommended that you use more than two cubes at a time in order to maximize the color blends. Furthermore, you should proceed with the cubes from top to bottom. C. You may use a chalk line to mark the stones to be cut along the borders, using a concrete saw. When cutting slabs, we recommend you wear protective ear and eyewear. D. Once you finish installing the slabs, you can then install Belgik, Pietra, Tundra, or Avignon curbstone. To keep curbs in place, add mortar along the back between the ground and the curbstone or, when available, use their plastic retention systems.

05 FILLING IN JOINTS A. Spread out the polymer stabilizer sand on the slabs, and sweep in between joints in all directions. C. The use of a vibrating plate is not recommended on slabs.

techo-bloc.com

B. Remove excess sand and follow the instructions exactly as indicated on the polymer stabilizer sand packaging.

23

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 23

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Installation guide SLABS

VIBRATING PLATE ALERT! SLABS

We do not recommend passing the vibrating plate on slabs.

THICKNESS OF THE GRANULAR FOUNDATION1 TYPE OF EXISTING SOIL

RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS Patios and Walkways

Clayey or Silty2

Sandy or Gravelly

6" to 8" (150 to 200 mm)

4" to 6" (100 to 150 mm)

1. Data shown in this chart are provided as guidelines only. The range of values suggested depends particularly on existing soil conditions. The thicker the granular foundation, the greater the increase in stability of the whole structure. 2. In the case of unstable soils or ones particularly affected by the freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker foundation may be necessary. For soils with these conditions or for commercial, industrial, or institutional works, a geotechnical professional should be consulted.

QUANTITY CHART FOR JOINTS FILLING Approximate surface coverage per 50 lbs (22.7 kg) polymeric sand bag. SLABS

size

sq. ft

sq. m

SLABS

size

sq. ft

sq. m

Aberdeen

30×30

483

44.87

30×20

388

36.05

Industria 600 series

600×600×60

204.13

18.96

30×10

243

22.56

129.7

12.1

20×20

324

30.07

20×10

216

20.08

30×30

483

44.87

Blu 60 mm

90.2

8.37

30×20

388

36.05

Blu 60 mm (6"×13")

42.63

3.96

20×20

324

30.07

20×10

216

20.08

12×12

133

12.36

12×24

178

16.54

Blu Grande

60×495×825

118.49

11.01

Borealis

2.25×5×30

124.64

11.58

2.25×10×30

233.03

21.65

Dunes

29.4

2.7

Inca

108.3

10.06

Ocean Grande Travertina Raw

Tux

A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE SLAB 1 3⁄4" TO 2 3⁄8" (45 TO 60 mm) B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. EDGE RESTRAINT techo-bloc.com

H. NAIL

24

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 24

I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. GEOTEXTILE

SLAB INSTALLATION

K. SUBGRADE

Typical cross section

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Installation guide SLABS ON PEDESTAL SET BLU GRANDE

SLABS

CONFORMING TO ASTM C 1782 AND CSA A231.1

INDUSTRIA SLAB

techo-bloc.com

CONFORMING TO ASTM C 1782 AND CSA A231.1

25

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 25

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Aberdeen PALLET OVERVIEW 20"×10" and 20"×20"

Specifications per pallet 20"×10" - 20"×20"

SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate

Imperial

Cubing

70.83 ft

6.58 m2

Weight

1 900 lbs

862 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per unit

A

1.39 ft2

0.13 m2

B

2.78 ft

0.26 m2

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

2

Linear coverage per row

PALLET OVERVIEW 30"×10"

H L

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

B

Height Depth Length

S

Specifications per pallet

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 4

2 ⁄ 20 10

57 508 254

17 units

2 1⁄4 20 20

57 508 508

17 units

Imperial

Metric

35.42 ft

3.29 m2

Weight

992 lbs

450 kg

Palletized upright.

Number of rows

1

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

Coverage per unit

2.08 ft2

0.19 m2

Depth

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

Length

14.2 lin. ft

4.33 lin. m

30"×10"

Cubing

NOTES

2

Linear coverage per row

H L

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

HIGH

rock garden brown

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 30 10

57 762 254

17 units

1 4

38% - 30'' x 30'' | 25% 02 | Modular pattern 30'' x 20'' | 12% - 30'' x 10'' 40% - 30'' x 20'' | | 25% - 20'' x 20'' & 20% - 30'' x 10'' | 40% 20'' x 10'' 20'' x 20'' & 20'' x 10''

TONE DISTRIBUTION

techo-bloc.com

Metric 2

azzurro

03 | Modular pattern 38% - 30'' x 30'' | 12% 30'' x 10'' | 50% - 20'' x 20'' & 20'' x 10''

baja beige

26 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 26

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Aberdeen DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate

30"×20"

Specifications per pallet Cubing

70.83 ft

6.58 m2

Weight

1 880 lbs

853 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per unit

4.17 ft2

0.39 m2

Depth

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

Length

28.3 lin. ft

8.63 lin. m

H L

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

NOTES Palletized upright.

30"×30"

Specifications per pallet

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another. See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 30 20

57 762 508

17 units

1 4

Metric

Cubing

106.25 ft2

9.87 m2

Weight

2 759 lbs

1 251 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per unit

6.25 ft2

0.58 m2

Linear coverage per row

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

04 | Linear pattern 40% - 30'' x 20'' | 20% - 30'' x 10'' | 40% 20'' x 20'' & 20'' x 10''

in

Imperial

H L

Metric 2

Linear coverage per row

S

Imperial

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW 30"×20"and 30"×30"

05 | Linear pattern

06 | Linear pattern

100% - 30'' x 10''

100% - 30'' x 10''

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 30 30

57 762 762

17 units

07 | Linear pattern Checkerboard 45° | 100% - 30'' x 30''

rock garden brown

azzurro

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 27

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

27

2016-12-07 11:14 AM


Blu 60 mm SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate and slate aged PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.82 ft

10.96 m2

Weight slate

3 148 lbs

1 428 kg

Weight slate aged

3 170 lbs

1 438 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.81 lin. ft

3.02 lin. m

H L

T

Metric 2

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 8

2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

60 330 165

44 units

2 3⁄8 13 13

60 330 330

44 units

2 3⁄8 13 19 1⁄2

60 330 495

22 units

NOTES See page 21 to 24 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

03 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood slate slate aged

shale grey slate slate aged

mojave beige slate slate aged

champlain grey slate slate aged

harvest gold slate slate aged

chestnut brown slate slate aged

autumn red slate

28

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 28

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu 60 mm DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.82 ft

10.96 m2

Weight

3 170 lbs

1 438 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.81 lin. ft

3.02 lin. m

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

B

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

Metric 2

H

NOTES

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 8

2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

60 330 165

44 units

2 3⁄8 13 13

60 330 330

44 units

2 3⁄8 13 19 1⁄2

60 330 495

22 units

03 | Linear pattern

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

29

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 29

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu 60 mm SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.82 ft

10.96 m2

Weight

3 125 lbs

1 417 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.81 lin. ft

3.02 lin. m

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

B

NOTES See page 21 to 24 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

5 16

2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

58 330 165

44 units

2 5⁄16 13 13

58 330 330

44 units

2 5⁄16 13 19 1⁄2

58 330 495

22 units

03 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

greyed nickel

beige cream

shale grey

chestnut brown

onyx black

30

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 30

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu 60 mm DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Galaxy

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.82 ft

10.96 m2

Weight

3 125 lbs

1 417 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.81 lin. ft

3.02 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

B

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

Metric 2

H L

NOTES

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 13 6 1⁄2

60 330 165

44 units

2 3⁄8 13 13

60 330 330

44 units

2 3⁄8 13 19 1⁄2

60 330 495

22 units

03 | Linear pattern

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

31

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 31

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu 60 mm (6"×13") SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Paver or Slab TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

116.05 ft

10.78 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 63.30 ft2 FULL PALLET

Weight

5.88 m2

3 138 lbs

1 423 kg

*HALF-PALLET 1 722 lbs Number of rows

FULL PALLET

781 kg

11

*HALF-PALLET 6

10.55 ft2

0.98 m2

Depth

19.5 lin. ft

5.94 lin. m

Length

9.75 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

Coverage per row Linear coverage per row

T NOTES

H

* Colors only available in half-pallets.

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

60 330 165

198 units

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

3 8

03 | Herringbone pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

32

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 32

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu 60 mm (6"×13") DESCRIPTION : Paver and Slab TEXTURE : Smooth

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

116.05 ft

10.78 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 63.30 ft2 FULL PALLET

Weight

5.88 m2

3 138 lbs

1 423 kg

*HALF-PALLET 1 722 lbs Number of rows

FULL PALLET

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW

781 kg

11

*HALF-PALLET 6

10.55 ft2

0.98 m2

Depth

19.5 lin. ft

5.94 lin. m

Length

9.75 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

Coverage per row Linear coverage per row

T

H

NOTES

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

* Colors only available in half-pallets.

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

60 330 165

198 units

3 8

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

03 | Herringbone pattern

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

greyed nickel

beige cream

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

33

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 33

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu Grande SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

96.71 ft

8.98 m2

Weight

2 675 lbs

1 213 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

8.79 ft2

0.82 m2

Depth

3.25 lin. ft

0.99 lin. m

Length

5.41 lin. ft

1.65 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

T

H L

D

Metric 2

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

NOTES

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 19 ⁄ 32 1⁄2

60 495 825

22 units

3 8 1 2

See page 21 to 25 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

03 | Herringbone pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

34

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 34

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu Grande DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

96.71 ft

8.98 m2

Weight

2 675 lbs

1 213 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

8.79 ft2

0.82 m2

Depth

3.25 lin. ft

0.99 lin. m

Length

5.41 lin. ft

1.65 lin. m

H L

D

Metric 2

Linear coverage per row

T

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

NOTES

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 19 1⁄2 32 1⁄2

60 495 825

22 units

See page 21 to 25 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

03 | Herringbone pattern

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

35

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 35

2016-12-07 11:15 AM


Blu Grande SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Polished and Galaxy PALLET OVERVIEW

Polished

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

96.71 ft2

8.98 m2

Weight

2 525 lbs

1 145 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

8.79 ft2

0.82 m2

Depth

3.25 lin ft

0.99 lin m

Length

5.41 lin ft

1.65 lin m

Linear coverage per row

T H L

NOTES

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

See page 21 to 25 for more technical information.

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 5⁄16 19 1⁄2 32 1⁄2

58 495 825

22 units

See page 35 for patterns.

Galaxy

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

96.71 ft

8.98 m2

Weight

2 697 lbs

1 223 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

8.79 ft2

0.82 m2

Depth

3.25 lin ft

0.99 lin m

Length

5.41 lin ft

1.65 lin m

Linear coverage per row

H L

D

Metric 2

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 19 1⁄2 32 1⁄2

60 495 825

22 units

GALAXY

techo-bloc.com

POLISHED shale grey

chestnut brown

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

greyed nickel

beige cream

36

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 36

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


Borealis DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Wood

5"×30"

Specifications per pallet

PALLET OVERVIEW - 10×30

Metric

68 units

68 units

70.83 ft

6.58 m2

Units

1.04 ft2

0.10 m2

Weight

2 050 lbs

930 kg

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

17.71 ft2

1.65 m2

Depth

7.08 lin. ft

2.16 lin. m

Length

42.5 lin. ft

12.96 lin. m

Cubing

2

Linear coverage per row

H D

L

Imperial

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW - 5×30

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 5 30

57 127 762

68 units

S Specifications per pallet 10"×30"

NOTES Palletized upright. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

34 units

70.83 ft

6.58 m2

Weight

1 820 lbs

826 kg

Units

2.08 ft

0.19 m2

Number of rows

2

Coverage per row

35.42 ft2

3.29 m2

Depth

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

Length

14.2 lin. ft

4.33 lin. m

2

H L

Metric

34 units

Cubing

2

Linear coverage per row

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

Imperial

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 10 30

57 254 762

34 units

riviera

NEW

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH smoked pine

hazelnut brandy

02 | Linear pattern

03 | Linear pattern

04 | Linear pattern techo-bloc.com

01 | Linear pattern sauvignon oak

37 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 37

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


NEW

Borealis Stepping stones SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

64 pi / pal

5.95 m2 / pal

Weight per pallet

1 490 lbs

676 kg

Weight by unit

88 lbs

40 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per unit

4 ft2

2

S H

NOTES See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

L

D

A-F

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

0.37 m2 in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 24 24

57 610 610

16 units

techo-bloc.com

6 different shapes available

hazelnut brandy

38

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 38

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


NEW

Dunes DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Sand Dunes

Imperial

Cubing

92.04 ft

8.55 m2

Weight

2 426 lbs

1 100 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per unit

1.92 ft2

0.18 m2

Coverage per row

11.51 ft

1.07 m2

Depth

5.88 lin. ft

1.79 lin. m

Length

11.75 lin. ft

3.58 lin. m

S H L

rock garden brown

A

2

Unit dimensions Height Depth

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

chocolate brown

D

Length

riviera

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 11 3⁄4 23 1⁄2

57 298 597

48 units

techo-bloc.com

Specifications per pallet

Linear coverage per row

NOTES

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW

39

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 39

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


Inca SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Natural stone (Slate) PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

66.50 ft

6.18 m2

Weight

1 640 lbs

744 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per unit

Linear coverage per row

S

H L

Metric 2

D

A

0.78 ft2

0.07 m2

B

2

1.56 ft

0.14 m2

C

2.34 ft2

0.22 m2

52.5 lin. ft

16 lin. m

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth

NOTES

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 15 7 1⁄2

51 381 191

14 units

2 15 15

51 381 381

14 units

2 15 22 1⁄2

51 381 572

14 units

Palletized upright. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

01 | Modular pattern

Depth Length

02 | Modified Herringbone pattern

03 | Modified Herringbone pattern

04 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

victoria

40

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 40

riviera

baja beige

coral sands

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


Industria Slab DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth , Granitex or Polished SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Smooth and Granitex

T EXPANDING DESIGN HORIZONS WITH LIVEABLE ROOFTOPS. COOL ROOF High Solar Reflectivity

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

1 555 lbs

705 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Linear coverage per row

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

H D

L

Metric 2

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

2 3⁄8 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8

60 600 600

Units /pallet

14 units

CONCRETE PRODUCT WITH SUPERIOR STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES Exceeds ASTM C1491 and CSA 231.1 standards. LENGTHENS ROOF LIFE SPAN Protects the waterproofing membrane from UV rays and accidental perforations.

Polished

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

54.25 ft2

5.04 m2

Weight

1 555 lbs

705 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

See page 21 to 25 for more technical information.

Linear coverage per row

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

*Colors available on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

L

EASY ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE When installed on pedestals, INDUSTRIA slab can be moved for roof system maintenance.

NOTES

H D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

100% - 600x600

100% - 600x600

in

mm

2 5⁄16 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8

58 600 600

Units /pallet

14 units

onyx black

shale grey*

greyed nickel

chestnut brown*

beige creme

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

41

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 41

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


Maya SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Natural stone (Slate) PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

17 units

17 units

Weight per pallet

1 695 lbs

769 kg

Weight by unit

89 lbs

41 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per unit

4.95 ft2

Coverage per pallet

84.15 ft

S H L

NOTES

D

A-F

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

Palletized upright.

0.46 m2 7.82 m2

2

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1â „4 23 31

57 584 788

17 units

It is preferable to lay the stones in a random configuration. Each pallet contains a variation of six different shapes. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

techo-bloc.com

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

victoria

42

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 42

riviera

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


NEW

Ocean Grande DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Ocean Waves

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

96.71 ft

8.98 m2

Weight

2 698 lbs

1 224 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

8.79 ft2

0.82 m2

Depth

5.41 lin. ft

1.65 lin. m

Length

3.25 lin. ft

0.99 lin. m

T L

D

Metric 2

H

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

NOTES

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW -

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 19 ⁄ 32 1⁄2

60 495 825

22 units

3 8 1 2

beige cream

greyed nickel

techo-bloc.com

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

43

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 43

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


NEW

Para PALLET OVERVIEW - 500 × 250

Specifications per pallet 500 × 250

SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Hyper Smooth

Cubing

118.40 ft

11 m2

Weight

3 400 lbs

1 542 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.76 ft2

1 m2

Length

6.56 lin. ft

2 lin. m

Depth

13.12 lin. ft

4 lin. m

H D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

500 × 500

Specifications per pallet PALLET OVERVIEW - 500 × 750

Weight

3 360 lb

1 524 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.76 ft2

1 m2

Linear coverage per row

6.56 lin. ft

2 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height

Specifications per pallet 500 × 750

mm

60 500 500

Units /pallet

44 units

Metric

Cubing

2

88.80 ft

8.25 m2

Weight

2 522 lbs

1 144 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

8.07 ft2

0.75 m2

Length

4.92 lin. ft

1.50 lin. m

Depth

3.28 lin. ft

1 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

techo-bloc.com

in

2 3⁄8 19 11⁄16 19 11⁄16

Imperial

Depth

greyed nickel

88 units

11 m2

H

onyx black

Units /pallet

118.40 ft2

Length

L

60 500 250

Cubing

T

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

mm

Metric

Depth

NOTES

in

2 3⁄8 19 11⁄16 9 13⁄16

Imperial

H L

Metric 2

PALLET OVERVIEW - 500 × 500

L

Imperial

in

mm

2 3⁄8 19 11⁄16 29 1⁄2

60 500 750

Units /pallet

22 units

beige cream

44

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 44

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


NEW

Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Brushed Travertine

20"×20" - 20"×10"

Specifications per pallet Cubing

70.83 ft

6.58 m2

Weight

1 863 lbs

845 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per unit

H D

L

A

A

1.39 ft2

0.13 m2

B

2.78 ft

0.26 m2

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

2

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

NOTES Palletized upright. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

Metric 2

Linear coverage per row

S

Imperial

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW 20"×20" AND 20"×10"

B

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 4

2 ⁄ 20 10

57 508 254

17 units

2 1⁄4 20 20

57 508 508

17 units

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

01 | Modular pattern 25% - 20''x30'' | 75% 20''x20'' & 20''x10''

02 | Modified Herringbone 03 | Linear pattern pattern,50% - 20''x30''| 50% - 20''x30'' | 50% 50% - 20''x20'' & 20''x10''

20''x20'' & 20''x10''

riviera

rock garden brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 45

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

45

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


NEW

Travertina Raw PALLET OVERVIEW - 20"×30"

Specifications per pallet 20"×30"

SLABS

DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Brushed Travertine

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

70.83 ft

6.58 m2

Weight

1 830 lbs

830 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage per units

4.17 ft2

0.39 m2

Depth

28.3 lin. ft

8.64 lin. m

Length

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

2

Linear coverage per row

PALLET OVERVIEW - 30"×30" H D

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

Specifications per pallet

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 20 30

57 508 762

17 units

1 4

Metric

Cubing

106.25 ft2

9.87 m2

Weight

2 782 lbs

1 262 kg

Number of rows

1

Palletized upright.

Coverage per units

6.25 ft2

0.58 m2

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

Linear coverage per row

42.5 lin. ft

12.95 lin. m

30"×30"

Imperial

S NOTES

H D

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 30 30

57 762 762

17 units

See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

05 | Linear pattern 50% - 20''x30'' | 50% 20''x20'' & 20''x10''

07 | Modular pattern 06 | Linear pattern 100% - 20''x30''

33% - 30''x30'' | 38% 20''x30''| 29% - 20''x20'' & 20"x10"

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

riviera

46

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 46

rock garden brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

2016-12-07 11:16 AM


Tux DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth

12"×12"

Specifications per pallet

PALLET OVERVIEW - 12"×24"

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

132 units

132 units

Weight

3 616 lbs

1 640 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

11.63 ft2

Linear coverage per pallet

127.88 ft

11.88 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.81 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

H D

L

Unit dimensions

A

Height Length

12"×24"

Specifications per pallet

NOTES See page 21 to 24 for more technical information.

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 11 13⁄16

60 300 300

132 units

Cubing

60 units

60 units

Weight

3 344 lbs

1 517 kg

Number of rows

10

Coverage per row

11.63 ft2

1.08 m2

Linear coverage per pallet

116.25 ft2

10.80 m2

Linear coverage per row - Depth

5.91 lin. ft

1.80 lin. m

Linear coverage per row - Length

11.81 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

100 % - 12'' x 12''

100 % - 12'' x 24''

in

mm

2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 23 5⁄8

60 300 600

3 8 13 16

Units /pallet

60 units

03 | Modified Herringbone pattern

04 | Modified Herringbone pattern

80 % - 12'' x 24'' 20 % - 12'' x 12''

80 % - 12'' x 24'' 20 % - 12'' x 12''

techo-bloc.com

greyed nickel

mm

3 8 13 16

Metric

Depth

onyx black

in

Imperial

H L

1.08 m2 2

Depth

T

SLABS

PALLET OVERVIEW - 12"×12"

beige cream

47 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 47

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


PAVERS DRIVEWAYS, PERMEABLE DRIVEWAYS & PATIOS

PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS CHARACTERISTICS

ASTM C936

Compressive strength

8000 psi [55 MPa] min.

Absorption

5 % max.

Resistance to freezing and thawing

Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m2 at 28 cycles 500 g/m2 at 49 cycles

Dimensional tolerance

Length and Width: + 0.063 in. [1.6 mm] Thickness: + 0.125 in. [3.2 mm]

Notes : Dimensional tolerances prior to the application of architectural finishes.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 48

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Installation guide TYPICAL APPLICATION USAGE

SECTOR

TRAFFIC TYPE & APPLICATIONS

PAVERS - Allegro - Antika - Athena - Blu 80 mm (6 x 13) - Elena

PAVERS

- Blu 80 mm

- Eva 1. Light traffic

RESIDENTIAL

Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. residential driveways)

- Flagstone - Hera (square & rectangle) - Linea (small rectangles) - Mista Grande - Mista Random - Mista Square - Parisien (square, rectangle, circle) - San Marino (small rectangles) - Valet - Victorien 60 mm - Villagio - All products from traffic type 2 & 3.

2. Road traffic Cars, heavy trucks, buses (ex. boulevards, main or secondary streets, pedestrian crossings, industrial, ports and airport areas)

- Industria 200 x 200 - Industria 300 x 100 - Industria 300 x 150 - Industria 300 x 300

- Industria 200 x 400

(Industrial, Commercial and Institutional)

3. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. parking lots, sidewalks)

- Industria 600 x 300 - Industria 600 x 600 - Linea (large rectangles) - San Marino (large rectangles) - All product from traffic type 2.

4. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times, without cars, or trucks or other mobile equipment (ex. terraces, parks, pedestrian walkways)

- Blu 80 mm (6 x 13) - Industria 600 x 100 - Industria 600 x 200 - Linea (small rectangles) - San Marino (small rectangles) - All product from traffic type 2 & 3.

techo-bloc.com

ICI

49

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 49

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Installation guide

INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT INSTALLATION OUTLINE 01 EXCAVATION A. Before excavating, call all the local utility companies (e.g., phone, gas, electrical) to ensure that the area in which you plan to dig is clear of underground cables or wires. If any are found, please notify the appropriate companies before you begin. B. When excavating, it is important to achieve a slope in increments of 1.5% (3⁄16" per ft/5 mm per 300 mm), which will allow for proper drainage. The excavation should mirror the final grade of pavement. PAVERS

C. The width of the base behind the edge should be equivalent to the thickness of the base. D. Using a rake, grade the bottom of the excavated area. If the natural soil is granular or sandy, we recommend that you compact the soil with a vibrating plate. If the soil is clay‑like, change the soil with a blend of lime and crushed stone prior to compaction. Next, cover it with a layer of geotextile fabric to prevent the contamination of the base (clay and 0-3⁄4" [0-20 mm] crushed stone). Refer to the table "Thickness of the Granular Foundation" (on next page) to find the minimum thickness of foundation required.

02 FOUNDATION A. Install a 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) crushed stone base, in 4" (100 mm) lifts with a minimum 5,000 lbf (22 kN) vibrating plate compactor. B. To facilitate compacting, wet the base material thoroughly and compact with a vibrating plate proceeding in all directions Continue this process until you have achieved the desired height. At this stage, you can verify the final height with the help of a paver. C. Base tolerance ±3⁄8" (10 mm) for every 10' (3-m) increment.

03 THE SETTING BED A. On the compacted crushed base, install two pipes with an outside diameter of 1" (25 mm). Grade the concrete sand with the help of a straight edge (or Quick-E leveler). If the base is not properly graded and smooth, imperfections will be evident in the finishing grade of the pavement. B. Bedding sand should not be compacted until all paving stones have been laid down. Passing the vibrating plate over the paving stones causes them to settle approximately 3⁄8" (10 mm) into the bedding sand.

04 INSTALLATION OF PAVING STONES A. Once the choice of paving stones and the design have been finalized, we recommended that you start installing the pavers at a 90-degree angle. To do so, proceed as follows: measure a first horizontal line of 3' (1-m) and a second line of 4' (1.2 m) perpendicular to the first. Connect a third straight line of 5' (1.5 m) which will form a triangle. The result will be a perfect 90-degree angle. While installing the paving stones, walk on the installed pavers, and fill in gaps caused by the pipes with concrete sand. B. It is always recommended that you use more than two cubes at a time in order to maximize the color blend. Furthermore, you should proceed with the cubes from top to bottom. C. You may use a chalk line to mark the stones to be cut along the borders, using a guillotine or a concrete saw. When cutting paving stones, we recommend that you wear protective ear and eyewear. D. Once you finish installing the paving stones, you can then install Tundra, Avignon, Belgik or Pietra curbstone on the granular base. To keep curbs in place, add mortar along the back to form a 45-degree angle between the ground and the curbstone or, when available, using the plastic retention system. In a vehicular traffic application, the mortar must be reinforced using steel rods.

techo-bloc.com

05 FILLING IN JOINTS A. Spread out the polymer stabilizer sand on the paving stones and sweep in between joints in all directions. B. Pass a vibrating plate in all directions to allow sand to penetrate between the joints. C. Sweep once more and remove excess sand. Follow the instructions exactly as indicated on the polymer stabilizer sand packaging.

50

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 50

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Installation guide

INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT VIBRATING PLATE ALERT! Avoid scuffs on paver surfaces.Pavers with embossed surfaces (high and low points) are more susceptible to scuff marks from plate compactors. Techo‑Bloc recommends the use of urethane mats between the plate and the paver surface when compacting. Techo-Bloc will not be held responsible for compaction scuffs or burns on pavers.

THICKNESS OF THE GRANULAR FOUNDATION1 TYPE OF EXISTING SOIL

RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS

Clayey or Silty

Sandy or Gravelly

2

8" to 14" (200 to 350 mm)

6" to 10" (150 to 250 mm)

Patios and Walkways

6" to 8" (150 to 200 mm)

4" to 6" (100 to 150 mm)

PAVERS

Driveways

1. Data shown in this chart are provided as guidelines only. The range of values suggested depends particularly on existing soil conditions. The thicker the granular foundation, the greater the increase in stability of the whole structure. 2. In the case of unstable soils or ones particularly affected by the freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker foundation may be necessary. For soils with these conditions or for commercial, industrial, or institutional works, a geotechnical professional should be consulted.

QUANTITY CHART FOR JOINTS FILLING Approximate surface coverage per 50 lbs (22.7 kg) polymeric sand bag. PRODUCTS

sq. ft

sq. m

Parisien circle

49.25

4.58

24.1

2.2

sq. ft

sq. m

Allegro

38

3.5

Antika

21

2

Valet

42

4

Victorien 60 mm

97.06

9.02

Blu 80 mm

76.5

7.11

Victorien 80 mm

72.79

6.76

Blu 80 mm (6"×13")

31.97

2.97

Villagio

18.50

1.72

64

6

143.56

13.34

66

6.13

81.16

7.54

Athena

Elena Eva Flagstone Hera square Hera rectangle

101.24

9.41

Industria 200 series - 200×200

41.03

3.81

Industria 200 series - 200×400

54.57

5.07

Industria 300 series - 300×100

30.77

2.86

Industria 300 series - 300×200

41

3.81

Industria 300 series - 300×300

61.39

5.70

Industria 600 series - 600×100

35.06

3.26

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH PLASTIC EDGE

Industria 600 series - 600×200

61.32

5.70

Industria 600 series - 600×300

81.72

7.59

Industria 600 series - 600×600

122.48

11.38

Linea and San Marino small rectangles

31.47

2.92

Linea and San Marino large rectangles

42.33

3.93

C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm)

A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL D. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS

Mista random

50.4

4.69

E. LAWN

Mista square

65.6

6.10

F. PLASTIC EDGE

Mista Grande

25.67

2.38

G. NAIL

Parisien square

100.64

9.35

Parisien rectangle

120.55

11.20

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 51

H. GEOTEXTILE I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. SUBGRADE

techo-bloc.com

PRODUCTS

51

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Allegro DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Undulated and aged

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

129.80 ft

12.06 m2

Weight

3 666 lbs

1 663 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

11.80 ft2

1.10 m2

Linear coverage per row

26.64 lin. ft

8.12 lin. m

H

PATENT

T

L

2,214,295

The Allegro paver allows for gentle curves and winding pathways eliminating the need for cuts.

Metric 2

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

B

Height

NOTES

Depth Length

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

C

Height Depth Length

D

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 8 5 16

2 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 4 11⁄16

60 135 119

99 units

2 3⁄8 5 5⁄16 6 11⁄16

60 135 170

88 units

2 3⁄8 5 5⁄16 7 13⁄16

60 135 198

154 units

2 3⁄8 5 5⁄16 9 3⁄8

60 135 238

132 units

01 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

52

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 52

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Antika DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth and aged PALLET OVERVIEW*

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

87 ft

8.10 m2

Weight

2 183 lbs

990 kg

Number of rows

9

Coverage per row

9.67 ft2

2

H L

T

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

The Antika paver is perfect as a filler in a circle, around a fan design or on a winding pathway. Antika can also be used as a mosaic frame around any design.

B

Height Depth Length

0.90 m2 in

mm

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

PAVERS

Specifications per pallet

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application. *Pallet layout may vary.

C

Height Depth Length

D

Height Depth Length

E

01 | Random pattern

Height Depth Length

F

Height Depth Length

G sandlewood

shale grey

chestnut brown

Height Depth Length

onyx black

chocolate brown

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

53

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 53

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Athena DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Undulated and aged

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.50 ft

10.83 m2

Weight

3 515 lbs

1 594 kg

Number of rows

10

Coverage per row

11.65 ft2

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

B

NOTES

Metric 2

Height Depth

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

Length

C

Height Depth Length

D

Height Depth Length

E

Height Depth Length

1.08 m2 in

mm

Units /pallet

2 9⁄16 5 7⁄8 2 15⁄16

65 150 75

40 units

2 9⁄16 5 7⁄8 5 7⁄8

65 150 150

20 units

2 9⁄16 5 7⁄8 8 7⁄8

65 150 225

80 units

2 9⁄16 5 7⁄8 11 13⁄16

65 150 300

100 units

2 9⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

65 300 300

30 units

01 | Modular pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

54

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 54

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

84.96 ft

7.90 m2

Weight

3 246 lbs

1 472 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.75 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

T B

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

PAVERS

H L

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 8

3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

80 330 165

32 units

3 1⁄8 13 13

80 330 330

32 units

3 1⁄8 13 19 1⁄2

80 330 495

16 units

03 | Linear pattern

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

55

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 55

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

84.96 ft

7.90 m2

Weight

3 095 lbs

1 404 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.75 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

NOTES

B

Height Depth

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 8

3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

80 330 165

32 units

3 1⁄8 13 13

80 330 330

32 units

3 1⁄8 13 19 1⁄2

80 330 495

16 units

03 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

56

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 56

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW

Polished

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

84.96 ft

7.90 m2

Weight

3 042 lbs

1 380 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.75 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

PAVERS

H

T

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 16

3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

78 330 165

32 units

3 1⁄16 13 13

78 330 330

32 units

3 1⁄16 13 19 1⁄2

78 330 495

16 units

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

03 | Linear pattern

greyed nickel

beige cream

shale grey

chestnut brown

onyx black

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

57

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 57

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Galaxy

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Galaxy

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

84.96 ft

7.90 m2

Weight

3 010 lbs

1 365 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

9.75 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

H L

T

Metric 2

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 8

3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

80 330 165

32 units

3 1⁄8 13 13

80 330 330

32 units

3 1⁄8 13 19 1⁄2

80 330 495

16 units

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

03 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

greyed nickel

beige cream

58

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 58

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Blu 80 mm (6"×13") DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth & Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

84.40 ft

7.84 m2

Weight

3 133 lbs

1 421 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

10.55 ft2

0.98 m2

19.49 lin. ft

5.94 lin. m

9.74 lin. ft

2.97 lin. m

Depth Length

L

Unit dimensions

A

H D

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2

80 330 165

144 units

1 8

PAVERS

Linear coverage per row

T

Metric 2

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

03 | Herringbone pattern

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

SMOOTH shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

greyed nickel

beige cream

onyx black

chocolate brown

mojave beige

onyx black

chocolate brown

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

sandlewood

harvest gold

techo-bloc.com

SLATE

59

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 59

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Elena DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Undulated and aged

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

125.52 ft

11.67 m2

Weight

3 481 lbs

1 579 kg

Number of rows

12

Coverage per row

10.46 ft2

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

B CHARACTERISTICS

Height Depth

The Elena paving stone has the same texture as the Athena, although the Elena units are smaller in size.

Length

C

Height Depth

NOTES

Length

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

D

Height Depth Length

E

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

Metric 2

0.97 m2 in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 4 15⁄16 2 1⁄2

60 125 63

96 units

2 3⁄8 4 15⁄16 4 15⁄16

60 125 125

168 units

2 3⁄8 4 15⁄16 7 3⁄8

60 125 188

120 units

2 3⁄8 4 15⁄16 9 13⁄16

60 125 250

108 units

2 3⁄8 7 3⁄8 9 13⁄16

60 188 250

48 units

02 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

60

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 60

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Eva DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

132.48 ft

12.31 m2

Weight

3 725 lbs

1 690 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

12.04 ft2

1.12 m2

Linear coverage per row

16.46 lin. ft

5.02 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

NOTES

B

Height

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

PAVERS

H L

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 8 3 4

2 ⁄ 8 ⁄ 4 3⁄8

60 223 112

132 units

2 3⁄8 8 3⁄4 8 3⁄4

60 223 223

99 units

2 3⁄8 8 3⁄4 13 3⁄16

60 223 335

55 units

02 | Linear pattern

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

61

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 61

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Flagstone DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

81.60 ft

7.58 m2

Weight

3 014 lbs

1 367 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

10.20 ft2

H L

D

A-E

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

T

Metric 2

0.95 m2 in

mm

Units /pallet

3 1⁄8 16 3⁄16 23 11⁄16

80 411 602

40 units

3 1⁄8 16 3⁄16 11 7⁄8

80 411 301

8 units

3 1⁄8 13 15⁄16 11 7⁄8

80 354 301

8 units

The Flagstone paving stone can easily adorn the interior of a circle.

F

NOTES

Height Depth Length

When the half units are placed together they form a regular size unit. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

G

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

62

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 62

2016-12-07 11:17 AM


Hera Rectangle DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Undulated and aged PALLET OVERVIEW - rectangle

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

134.20 ft

12.47 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 61 ft2 FULL PALLET

Weight

5.67 m2

3 723 lbs

1 689 kg

Number of rows

FULL PALLET

789 kg

11

PAVERS

*HALF-PALLET 1 739 lbs *HALF-PALLET 5

12.20 ft2

1.13 m2

Depth

15.62 lin. ft

4.76 lin. m

Length

23.54 lin. ft

7.17 lin. m

Coverage per row

T

Linear coverage per row

NOTES * Onyx black and chocolate brown are only available in half-pallet.

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

Length

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Herringbone pattern

100% rectangle

100% rectangle

03 | Modified Herringbone pattern

04 | Modular pattern

75% rectangle | 25% square

75% rectangle | 25% square

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 6 ⁄ 9 3⁄8

60 158 238

330 units 2.47 units/ft2 26.50 units/m2

3 8 1 4

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

63

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 63

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Hera Square DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Undulated and aged PALLET OVERVIEW - square

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

124.20 ft

11.54 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 56.45 ft2 FULL PALLET

PAVERS

Weight

5.25 m2

3 540 lbs

1 606 kg

*HALF-PALLET 1 630 lbs Number of rows

FULL PALLET

739 kg

11

*HALF-PALLET 5

T

Coverage per row

11.29 ft2

1.05 m2

Linear coverage per row

21.88 lin. ft

6.67 lin. m

NOTES

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

* Onyx black and chocolate brown are only available in half-pallet.

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4

60 158 158

462 units 3.72 units/ft2 40 units/m2

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

05 | Linear pattern 100% square

06 | Linear pattern

07 | Linear pattern

Checkerboard 45º | 100% 60% rectangle | 40% square square

08 | Parquet pattern 60% rectangle | 40% square

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

64

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 64

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 200 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex

Specifications per pallet 200×200

PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×200

5.60 m2

Weight

2 848 lbs

1 292 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

8.61 ft2

0.80 m2

Linear coverage per row

13.12 lin. ft

4 lin. m

2

A

D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

200×400

Specifications per pallet

200×400 200×200

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

100% 200×200

100% 200×400

Units /pallet

3 ⁄ 7 ⁄ 7 7⁄8

100 200 200

140 units

Imperial

Metric

5.60 m2

Weight

2 848 lbs

1 292 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

8.61 ft2

0.80 m2

Depth

6.56 lin. ft

2 lin. m

Length

13.12 lin. ft

4 lin. m

H L

mm

60.28 ft

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information. All 200 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

in 15 16 7 8

Cubing

2

Linear coverage per row

NOTES

PAVERS

60.28 ft

H

T

Metric

Cubing

PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×400 L

Imperial

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

3 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 15 3⁄4

100 200 400

Units /pallet

70 units

onyx black

shale grey

greyed nickel

chestnut brown

beige creme

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

65

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 65

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 200 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished

Specifications per pallet

PAVERS

200×200

PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×200

60.28 ft

5.60 m2

Weight

2 848 lbs

1 292 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

8.61 ft2

0.80 m2

Linear coverage per row

13.12 lin. ft

4 lin. m

2

A

H D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

200×400

Specifications per pallet

T 200×400 200×200

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern

100% 200×200

100% 200×400

Units /pallet

3 ⁄ 7 ⁄ 7 7⁄8

98 200 200

140 units

Imperial

Metric

5.60 m2

Weight

2 848 lbs

1 292 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

8.61 ft2

0.80 m2

Depth

6.56 lin. ft

2 lin. m

Length

13.12 lin. ft

4 lin. m

H L

mm

7 8 7 8

60.28 ft

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information. All 200 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

in

Cubing

2

Linear coverage per row

NOTES

Metric

Cubing

PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×400 L

Imperial

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

3 7⁄8 7 7⁄8 15 3⁄4

98 200 400

Units /pallet

70 units

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

onyx black

shale grey

greyed nickel

chestnut brown

beige creme

66

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 66

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 300 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex

Cubing

45.21 ft

4.20 m2

Weight

2 145 lbs

973 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

6.46 ft2/row

0.60 m2

Depth

19.69 lin. ft

6 lin. m

Length

6.56 lin. ft

2 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

A

H L

D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

Specifications per pallet 300×150

PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×300

6.62 m2

Weight

3 357 lbs

1 523 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

10.17 ft2/row

0.95 m2

Depth

20.67 lin. ft

6.30 lin. m

Length

10.33 lin. ft

3.15 lin. m

A

D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

300×300

Specifications per pallet

chestnut brown

Units /pallet

147 units

Metric

81.38 ft

7.56 m2

Weight

3 832 lbs

1 738 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

11.63 ft2

1.08 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.81 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

D

2

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

greyed nickel

mm

100 300 150

Imperial

Depth

shale grey

in

3 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 5 7⁄8

Cubing

H

onyx black

140 units

71.20 ft2

NOTES

L

Units /pallet

Cubing

H

All 300 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

mm

100 300 100 Metric

T

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

in

3 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 3 15⁄16

Imperial

Linear coverage per row

L

Metric 2

beige creme

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×150

Imperial

in

mm

3 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

100 300 300

Units /pallet

84 units

techo-bloc.com

Specifications per pallet 300×100

PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×100

67

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 67

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 300 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished

Specifications per pallet

PAVERS

300×100

PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×100

PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×150

Cubing

45.21 ft

4.20 m2

Weight

2 145 lbs

973 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

6.46 ft2

0.60 m2

Depth

19.69 lin. ft

6 lin. m

Length

6.56 lin. ft

2 lin. m

A

H D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

Specifications per pallet 300×150

PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×300

3 357 lbs

1 523 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

10.17 ft2

0.95 m2

Depth

20.67 lin. ft

6.30 lin. m

Length

10.33 lin. ft

3.15 lin. m

A

D

Unit dimensions Height Length

300×300

Specifications per pallet

techo-bloc.com

mm

Units /pallet

98 300 150

147 units

Metric

Cubing

81.38 ft2

7.56 m2

Weight

3 832 lbs

1 738 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

11.63 ft2

1.08 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.81 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

chestnut brown

in

3 7⁄8 11 13⁄16 5 7⁄8

Imperial

Depth

greyed nickel

140 units

Weight

Depth

shale grey

98 300 100

6.62 m2

H

onyx black

3 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 3 15⁄16

71.20 ft2

NOTES

L

Units /pallet

Cubing

H

All 300 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

mm

7 8 13 16

Metric

T

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

in

Imperial

Linear coverage per row

L

Metric 2

Linear coverage per row

L

Imperial

in

mm

3 7⁄8 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

98 300 300

Units /pallet

84 units

beige creme

68

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 68

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex

45.21 ft

4.20 m2

Weight

2 145 lbs

973 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

6.46 ft2

0.60 m2

Depth

19.69 lin. ft

6 lin. m

Length

3.28 lin. ft

1 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

A

H L

D

Unit dimensions Height

PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×300

Depth Length

600×200

Specifications per pallet

T 600×100 600×300 600×200

4.20 m2

Weight

2 145 lbs

973 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

6.46 ft2

A

D

9.84 lin. ft

3 lin. m

Length

3.28 lin. ft

1 lin. m

Unit dimensions Height

600×300

Specifications per pallet

Units /pallet

35 units

Metric

Cubing

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

2 567 lbs

1 164 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Depth

7.87 lin. ft

2.40 lin. m

Length

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

chestnut brown

mm

100 600 200

Imperial

Depth

greyed nickel

in

3 15⁄16 23 5⁄8 7 7⁄8

2

H

shale grey

0.60 m2

Depth

Length

Linear coverage per row

onyx black

70 units

45.21 ft2

Depth

L

Units /pallet

Cubing

H

All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

mm

100 600 100 Metric

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information. L

in

3 15⁄16 23 5⁄8 3 15⁄16

Imperial

Linear coverage per row

NOTES

Metric 2

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×200

Imperial

Cubing

beige creme

in

mm

3 ⁄ 23 ⁄ 11 13⁄16

100 600 300

15 16 5 8

Units /pallet

28 units

techo-bloc.com

Specifications per pallet 600×100

PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×100

69

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 69

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished

Specifications per pallet

PAVERS

600×100

PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×100

PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×200

Cubing

45.21 ft

4.20 m2

Weight

2 145 lbs

973 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

6.46 ft2

0.60 m2

Depth

19.69 lin. ft

6 lin. m

Length

3.28 lin. ft

1 lin. m

A

H D

Unit dimensions Height

PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×300

Depth Length

600×200

Specifications per pallet

T 600×100 600×300 600×200

Weight

2 145 lbs

973 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

6.46 ft2

A

D

9.84 lin. ft

3 lin. m

Length

3.28 lin. ft

1 lin. m

Unit dimensions Height

600×300

Specifications per pallet

techo-bloc.com

mm

98 600 200

Units /pallet

35 units

Metric

Cubing

2

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

2 567 lbs

1 164 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Depth

7.87 lin. ft

2.40 lin. m

Length

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

chestnut brown

in

3 7⁄8 23 5⁄8 7 7⁄8

Imperial

Depth

greyed nickel

0.60 m2

Depth

Length

H

shale grey

70 units

4.20 m2

Linear coverage per row

onyx black

Units /pallet

45.21 ft2

Depth

L

98 600 100

Cubing

H

All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

mm

Metric

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information. L

in

3 7⁄8 23 5⁄8 3 15⁄16

Imperial

Linear coverage per row

NOTES

Metric 2

Linear coverage per row

L

Imperial

in

mm

3 7⁄8 23 5⁄8 11 13⁄16

98 600 300

Units /pallet

28 units

beige creme

70

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 70

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver and Slab TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex PALLET OVERVIEW 100×600×600 PAVER

PALLET OVERVIEW 60×600×600 SLAB

Metric

Cubing

2

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

2 567 lbs

1 164 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Linear coverage per row

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

A

H L

Imperial

D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

3 ⁄ 23 ⁄ 23 5⁄8

100 600 600

15 16 5 8

PAVERS

PAVER 100×600×600

Specifications per pallet

Units /pallet

14 units

T Specifications per pallet

PAVER

SLAB 60×600×600

SLAB

NOTES 100×600×600 PAVER: See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

60×600×600 SLAB: See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

1 555 lbs

705 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Linear coverage per row

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

D

2

A

All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

01 | Linear pattern 50% 600×300 | 50% 600×300

Metric

Cubing

H L

Imperial

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

2 3⁄8 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8

60 600 600

Units /pallet

14 units

02 | Linear pattern 100% - 600x600

onyx black

shale grey

greyed nickel

chestnut brown

beige creme

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

71

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 71

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver and Slab TEXTURE : Polished

Specifications per pallet PAVER 100×600×600

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW 100×600×600 PAVER

PALLET OVERVIEW 60×600×600 SLAB

Metric

Cubing

2

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

2 567 lbs

1 164 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Linear coverage per row

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

A

H L

Imperial

D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

3 ⁄ 23 ⁄ 23 5⁄8

98 600 600

7 8 5 8

Units /pallet

14 units

T Specifications per pallet

PAVER

SLAB 60×600×600

SLAB

NOTES 100×600×600 PAVER: See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

60×600×600 SLAB: See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

54.25 ft

5.04 m2

Weight

1 555 lbs

705 kg

Number of rows

7

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Linear coverage per row

3.94 lin. ft

1.20 lin. m

D

2

A

All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.

01 | Linear pattern 50% 600×300 | 50% 600×300

Metric

Cubing

H L

Imperial

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

2 5⁄16 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8

58 600 600

Units /pallet

14 units

02 | Linear pattern 100% - 600x600

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

onyx black

shale grey

greyed nickel

chestnut brown

beige creme

72

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 72

2016-12-07 11:18 AM


Linea Small rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

80.81 ft

7.51 m2

*HALF-PALLET 46.18 ft2

4.29 m2

3 730 lbs

1 692 kg

FULL PALLET

Weight

Metric 2

Number of rows

FULL PALLET

PAVERS

*HALF-PALLET 2 160 lbs

980 kg

7

*HALF-PALLET 4 Coverage per row

11.54 ft2

1.07 m2

Linear coverage per row

35.25 lin. ft

10.74 lin. m

T H L

NOTES

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 8 7⁄8

100 100 225

77 units

3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 12 13⁄16

100 100 325

77 units

3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 16 3⁄4

100 100 425

77 units

02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern

48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

73

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 73

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Linea Large rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

77.14 ft

7.17 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 44.08 ft2 FULL PALLET

PAVERS

Weight

4.10 m2

3 631 lbs

1 647 kg

*HALF-PALLET 2 066 lbs Number of rows

FULL PALLET

937 kg

7

*HALF-PALLET 4

T

Coverage per row

11.02 ft2

1.02 m2

Linear coverage per row

22.40 lin. ft

6.83 lin. m

NOTES

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

Length

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 8 7⁄8

100 150 225

49 units

3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 12 13⁄16

100 150 325

49 units

3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 16 3⁄4

100 150 425

49 units

02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern

48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

74

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 74

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Mista Grande DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Multi-textured PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

93.04 ft

8.65 m2

Weight

3 474 lbs

1 576 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

11.63 ft2

1.08 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.80 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

PAVERS

H

T

Metric 2

in

mm

1 8 13 16

Units /pallet

3 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 5 7⁄8

80 300 150

32 units

3 1⁄8 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

80 300 300

32 units

3 1⁄8 11 13⁄16 17 11⁄16

80 300 450

32 units

02 | Linear pattern

shale grey

champlain grey

onyx black

harvest gold

chestnut brown

chocolate brown

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

75

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 75

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Mista Random DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Multi-textured

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.20 ft

10.80 m2

Weight

3 356 lbs

1 522 kg

Number of rows

10

Coverage per row

11.62 ft2

1.08 m2

Linear coverage per row

17.71 lin. ft

5.40 lin. m

Void space

6.3 %

Joint Depth

3 16

T

H L

Permeable pavers allow for storm water drainage and manage excess runoff. The use of permeable pavers also facilitates LEED® certification easier to obtain.

NOTES

D

⁄ " to 9⁄16"

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

B

Height Depth

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

Length

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

100% Mista random

100% Mista random

03 | Modular pattern 85% Mista random | 15% Mista square

Metric 2

4 to 14 mm in

mm

2 9⁄16 7 7⁄8 3 15⁄16

65 200 100

Units /pallet

80 units

2 9⁄16 7 7⁄8 7 7⁄8

65 200 200

100 units

2 9⁄16 7 7⁄8 11 13⁄16

65 200 300

90 units

04 | Linear pattern 100% Mista random

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

76

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 76

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Mista Square DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Multi-textured PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

116.20 ft

10.80 m2

Weight

3 450 lbs

1 565 kg

Number of rows

10

Coverage per row

11.62 ft2

1.08 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.81 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

NOTES

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 11 13⁄16

65 300 300

120 units

9 16 13 16

PAVERS

H

T

Metric 2

The Mista square is not permeable unless combined with the Mista random. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern Checkerboard 45°

02 | Linear pattern

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

77

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 77

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Parisien Square and rectangle DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth and beveled PALLET OVERVIEW SQUARE

PAVERS

SQUARE

Specifications per pallet

124.20 ft

11.54 m2

Weight

3 526 lbs

1 599 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

11.29 ft2

1.05 m2

Linear coverage per row

21.88 lin. ft

6.67 lin. m

D

L

2

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

RECTANGLE

Specifications per pallet

60 158 158

462 units

12.47 m2

Weight

3 824 lbs

1 735 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

12.20 ft2

1.13 m2

Depth

15.60 lin. ft

4.75 lin. m

Length

23.45 lin. ft

7.15 lin. m

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

03 | Herringbone pattern 100% rectangle

2 ⁄ 6 ⁄ 6 1⁄4

134.20 ft2

H

Checkerboard 45º | 100% 02 | Linear pattern square 100% square

Units /pallet

Cubing

L

01 | Linear pattern

mm

3 8 1 4

Metric

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

in

Imperial

Linear coverage per row

T

Metric

Cubing

H

PALLET OVERVIEW RECTANGLE

Imperial

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 6 1⁄4 9 3⁄8

60 158 238

330 units

04 | Modified Herringbone pattern 75% rectangle | 25% square

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood Square Rectangle

shale grey Square Rectangle

champlain grey Square Rectangle

onyx black Rectangle

chestnut brown Square Rectangle

autumn red Square Rectangle

chocolate brown Rectangle

78

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 78

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Parisien Circle DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth and beveled

CIRCLE

Specifications per pallet

4.70 m2

Weight

1 534 lbs

696 kg

Number of rows

6

Coverage per row

8.45 ft2

0.79 m2

Circle diameter

7' 11"

2.41 m

D

A

HALF OCTAGON

B

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

Height Depth Length

SMALL RADIUS

Height

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

autumn red

Depth Length

RECTANGLE

Height Depth Length

Height

RADIUS

E

Height Length

C

D

Unit dimensions Depth

SMALL RECTANGLE

One pallet creates one full or two halfcircles.

2

Depth Length

chestnut brown

PAVERS

50.70 ft

L

NOTES

Metric

Cubing

H

T

Imperial

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 8

2 ⁄ -

60 -

6 units

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

6 units

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

138 units

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

84 units

2 3⁄8 -

60 -

18 units

techo-bloc.com

PALLET OVERVIEW

79

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 79

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

PARISIEN CIRCLE - LAYING PATTERN 7’-10 ½’’ (2.40 M) DIAMETER CIRCLE

PAVERS

Each Parisien Circle pallet comes with a surplus of materials. There are enough pavers in each pallet for 1 full circle of 7’-10 ½’’ in diameter. To get a complete circle, be sure to follow the laying order illustrated. In each ring, the repetitive sequence pattern is shown in grey color. When there is break in the repetitiveness of the sequence, the specific stone is identified with a letter on a white background.

RING

DIAMETER ft

SURFACE AREA

UNITS

m

ft

m

A

2

2

B

C

D

E

1

0'-6 ⁄16"

0.16

0.22

0.02

2

-

-

-

-

2

1'-6 7⁄8"

0.48

1.95

0.18

-

-

-

-

8

3

2'-7 1⁄2"

0.80

5.41

0.50

-

-

-

8

8

4

3'-8 1⁄8"

1.12

10.60

0.99

-

-

26

-

-

5

5

4'-8 ⁄16"

1.44

17.53

1.63

-

5

28

3

-

6

5'-9 5⁄16"

1.76

26.19

2.43

-

1

28

14

-

7

6'-9 ⁄8"

2.08

36.57

3.40

-

-

28

23

-

8

7'-10 1⁄2"

2.40

48.69

4.52

-

-

25

34

-

2

6

135

82

16

TOTAL

11

7

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

80

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 80

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

PARISIEN CIRCLE - LAYING PATTERN 13’-1 ½’’ (4.00 M) DIAMETER CIRCLE The Parisien Circle can be extended up to 13’-1 ½’’ (4.00 m) diameter by using (note that there will be a surplus of materials):

• • •

2 pallets of Parisien Circle 1 row of a pallet of Parisien Square 3 rows of a pallet of Parisien Rectangle PAVERS

To get a complete circle, be sure to follow the laying order illustrated. In each ring, the repetitive sequence pattern is shown in grey color. When there is break in the repetitiveness of the sequence, the specific stone is identified with a letter on a white background.

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

DIAMETER ft

SURFACE AREA

UNITS

m

ft2

m2

A

B

C

D

E

SQ

RC

1

0'-6 ⁄16"

0.16

0.22

0.02

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

1'-6 7⁄8"

0.48

1.95

0.18

-

-

-

-

8

-

-

3

2'-7 ⁄2"

0.80

5.41

0.50

-

-

-

8

8

-

-

4

3'-8 ⁄8"

1.12

10.60

0.99

-

-

26

-

-

-

-

5

4'-8 11⁄16"

1.44

17.53

1.63

-

5

28

3

-

-

-

6

5'-9 5⁄16"

1.76

26.19

2.43

-

1

28

14

-

-

-

7

6'-9 7⁄8"

2.08

36.57

3.40

-

-

28

23

-

-

-

5

1

1

8

7'-10 ⁄2"

2.40

48.69

4.52

-

-

25

34

-

-

-

9

8'-11 1⁄16"

2.72

62.54

5.81

-

1

17

25

-

18

-

10

9'-11 11⁄16"

3.04

78.13

7.26

-

-

25

1

-

2

24

11

11'-0 5⁄16"

3.36

95.44

8.87

-

2

28

15

-

1

20

12

12'-0 7⁄8"

3.68

114.48

10.64

-

2

20

11

-

-

30

13

13'-1 1⁄2"

4.00

135.26

12.57

-

1

42

29

-

-

15

2

12

267

163

16

21

89

TOTAL

1

techo-bloc.com

RING

81

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 81

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


San Marino Small rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

80.81 ft

7.51 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 46.18 ft2 FULL PALLET

PAVERS

Weight

4.29 m2

3 735 lbs

1 694 kg

*HALF-PALLET 2 120 lbs Number of rows

FULL PALLET

961 kg

7

*HALF-PALLET 4 Coverage per row

11.54 ft2

1.07 m2

Linear coverage per row

35.25 lin. ft

10.74 lin. m

T H L

NOTES

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 8 7⁄8

100 100 225

77 units

3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 12 13⁄16

100 100 325

77 units

3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 16 3⁄4

100 100 425

77 units

02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern

48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

82

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 82

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


San Marino Large rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET

Cubing

Metric

77.14 ft

7.17 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 44.08 ft2 FULL PALLET

Weight

4.10 m2

3 590 lbs

1 628 kg

Number of rows

FULL PALLET

PAVERS

*HALF-PALLET 2 044 lbs

927 kg

7

*HALF-PALLET 4

T

Coverage per row

11.02 ft2

1.02 m2

Linear coverage per row

22.40 lin. ft

6.83 lin. m

H

NOTES

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

Length

B

Height Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 8 7⁄8

100 150 225

49 units

3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 12 13⁄16

100 150 325

49 units

3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 16 3⁄4

100 150 425

49 units

02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern

48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

83

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 83

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


NEW

Valet DESCRIPTION : paver TEXTURE : Basalt

PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

2

92.31 ft

8.58 m2

Weight

2 577 lbs

1 169 kg

Number of rows

9

Coverage per row

10.26 ft2

0.95 m2

Linear coverage per row

18.95 lin. ft

5.78 lin. m

T

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

NOTES

Length

Metric

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 6 ⁄ 6 1⁄2

60 165 165

315 units

3 8 1 2

techo-bloc.com

See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

onyx black

chestnut brown

84

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 84

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Victorien 60 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

60 mm

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

123.70 ft

11.50 m2

Weight

3 481 lbs

1 579 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

11.25 ft2

1.05 m2

Depth

15.87 lin. ft

4.84 lin. m

Length

31.74 lin. ft

9.68 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

T

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 4 ⁄ 8 1⁄2

60 108 216

495 units 4 units/ft2 43.10 units/m2

3 8 1 4

PAVERS

Cubing

2

NOTES See page 48 to 51 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Parquet pattern

03 | Herringbone pattern

04 | Modified Herringbone

sandlewood

grey

shale grey

red and black

mojave beige

onyx black

chocolate brown

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

85

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 85

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Villagio DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Beveled PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET

Cubing

Imperial

Metric

117 ft

10.88 m2

2

*HALF-PALLET 53.18 ft2 FULL PALLET

PAVERS

Weight

4.94 m2

3 029 lbs

1 374 kg

*HALF-PALLET 1 354 lbs Number of rows

FULL PALLET

614 kg

11

*HALF-PALLET 5

T The Villagio paver allows for gentle curves and winding pathways, eliminating the need for cuts.

Coverage per row

10.64 ft2

0.99 m2

Linear coverage per row

24.94 lin. ft

7.61 lin. m

Void space

8.0 %

Joint Depth

3 8

NOTES

H L

D

⁄ " to 9⁄16"

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to 51 for more technical information and page 87 to 93 when used as a permeable pavement application.

Length

B

Height Depth Length

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Modified Herringbone pattern

C

Height Depth Length

D

Height Depth

03 | Modified Herringbone pattern

Length

04 | Modified Herringbone pattern

9 to 15 mm

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 8 1 8

2 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 5 1⁄8

60 130 130

77 units

2 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 6 5⁄16

60 130 160

77 units

2 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 7 5⁄16

60 130 185

154 units

2 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 8 7⁄16

60 130 215

154 units

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

onyx black*

chocolate brown*

86

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 86

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


PERMEABLE PAVERS DRIVEWAYS, PERMEABLE DRIVEWAYS & PATIOS

PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS CHARACTERISTICS

ASTM C936

Compressive strength

8000 psi [55 MPa] min.

Absorption

5 % max.

Resistance to freezing and thawing

Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m2 at 28 cycles 500 g/m2 at 49 cycles

Dimensional tolerance

Length and Width: + 0.063 in. [1.6 mm] Thickness: + 0.125 in. [3.2 mm]

Notes : Dimensional tolerances prior to the application of architectural finishes.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 87

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide TYPICAL APPLICATION USAGE

SECTOR

TRAFFIC TYPE & APPLICATIONS

PERMEABLE PAVERS

- Antika

PERMEABLE PAVERS

1. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. residential driveways)

- Blu 80 mm - Inflo - Mista Random - Pure - Victorien 60 mm permeable - Villagio

RESIDENTIAL - Antika - Blu 80 mm 2. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times (ex. patios)

- Blu 60 mm - Inflo - Mista Random - Pure - Victorien 60 mm permeable - Villagio

3. Road traffic Cars, heavy trucks, buses (ex. boulevards, main or secondary streets, pedestrian crossings, industrial, ports and airport areas)

ICI (Industrial, Commercial and Institutional)

- Inflo

4. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. parking lots, sidewalks)

- Inflo - Pure

techo-bloc.com

5. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times, without cars, or trucks or other mobile equipment (ex. terraces, parks, pedestrian walkways)

- Inflo - Pure

88

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 88

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide INFILTRATION CHART

PERCENT OF SURFACE OPENING (%)

PERMEABLE PAVERS ANTIKA 2

993 in./hr (25 227 mm/hr)

⁄ " (7 mm)

570 in./hr (14 475 mm/hr)

3.0

INFLO1

5.8

1 2

MISTA random1

6.3

PURE 2

5.0

3 8

9.6

3 8

1

VILLAGIO

PERMEABLE SLAB

610 in./hr (15 505 mm/hr)

⁄ " (10 mm)

726 in./hr (18 440 mm/hr)

⁄ " (10 mm)

909 in./hr (23 085 mm/hr)

⁄ " (9 mm) to ⁄ " (15 mm)

896 in./hr (22 750 mm/hr)

JOINT WIDTH (mm)

INFILTRATION RATE1 (mm/h)

⁄ " (7 mm)

570 in./hr (14 475 mm/hr)

3 8

PERCENT OF SURFACE OPENING (%)

BLU 60 mm2

837 in./hr (21 267 mm/hr)

⁄ " (4 mm) to 9⁄16" (14 mm)

3 16

8.0

1

⁄ " (13 mm)

3.0

9 16

9 32

PERMEABLE PAVERS

Variable 9 32

2

VICTORIEN 60 mm permeable

2

INFILTRATION RATE1 (mm/h)

Variable

BLU 80 mm

1

JOINT WIDTH (mm)

Measurements were taken at various sites in conformity to the standard ASTM C 1701-09. Measurements were taken at various sites in conformity to the standard ASTM C 1781.

OTHER PERMEABLE POSSIBILITIES

Antika PAVER

Blu 80 mm PAVER

Mista Random PAVER

Villagio PAVER

(page 28 to 33)

(page 53)

(page 55 to 59)

(page 76)

(page 86)

techo-bloc.com

Blu 60 mm SLAB

89

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 89

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT INSTALLATION OUTLINE 01 DATA COLLECTION A. Determine the size, shape, and intended use of finished areas (i.e. residential driveway, secondary commercial parking, etc.). B. Classify sub-grade soils.

PERMEABLE PAVERS

C. Document all existing conditions (i.e. fixed points, existing grades, site contours, etc.). D. Document soil type, location, and elevation of below grade and overhead utilities both public and private. E. Ensure public utilities are marked through the use of a locating service. F. Determine the cross section design of the system based on soil type and application, showing proposed subgrade and finished grade elevations and all geotextiles and drainage pipes needed for the construction. G. Establish the type, location, and elevation of relief structures if required (i.e. overflow pipe discharging to rain garden, etc.). H. Determine the curb or edge restraint type, elevation, and location. I. Choose a pattern appropriate to the application (traffic type and load).

02 EXCAVATION A. Before digging, contact the concerned companies if wires or pipes are located in the area to be excavated. B. Excavation depth is determined from the foundation thickness according to the project specifications (foundation thickness is determined by a qualified engineer based on structural and hydrological analyses). C. Although the slope of the sub-grade will depend on the drainage design and infiltration type, a minimum slope of 0.5% (1⁄16" per ft, or 5 mm per meter) is recommended. D. The distance that the excavated area should extend beyond the area to be paved should be one to 1.5 times the thickness of the foundation. This extra space will ensure the stability of the pavers near the edge and the edge restraints. E. Level the bottom of the excavated area with a rake. Compaction will reduce the permeability of the sub-grade and it should be executed according to the project specifications. If compaction is not specified, care should be taken to maintain undisturbed soil infiltration during excavation and construction. Stabilization of the sub-grade may be required with weak, continually saturated soils, or when subject to high traffic conditions. If the compaction or stabilization of sub-grade is necessary, reduced infiltration may require drainage pipes within the sub-base to conform to storm water drainage requirements.

03 GEOTEXTILE, IMPERMEABLE LINERS, AND DRAIN PIPES A. Use the geotextile specified and install it according to project specifications. The use of a woven geotextile with bi-axel strength that meets design criteria is recommended. B. Place the geotextile on the bottom and sides of the soil sub-grade. Eliminate wrinkles in the geotextile and ensure it is not damaged during construction. C. Overlap of geotextile should be a minimum of 2' (600 mm) in the direction of drainage. Overlapping should be “shingle” style with respect to any slope direction and base stone distribution direction. Keep properly tensioned, eliminate wrinkles, and avoid damaging fabric (no spikes).

techo-bloc.com

D. If impermeable liners are required, install them according to project specifications and manufacturer’s instructions. Impermeable liners are used when full exfiltration from the reservoir (sub-base and base) into the underlying sub grade is not allowed (no infiltration design). Perforated drainage pipes are usually required in no infiltration and partial infiltration designs. E. If drainage pipes are required, install them according to project specifications. The aggregate cover over drainage pipes should be at least 12" (300 mm) to protect them from damage during sub-base or base compaction.

90

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 90

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT

04 SUB-BASE For residential pedestrian applications, the sub-base may not be required and then only ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) aggregate base layer with a minimum thickness of 6" (150 mm) can be used (use a thicker base for additional water storage). Refer to Base (see below 06).

Less than 5% passing the 200 sieve

Industry hardness tested

PERMEABLE PAVERS

When traffic load, soil conditions, and climate require greater than 12" (300 mm) of base or volume requirements for detention are higher, a sub-base may be required. Use sub-base ASTM No. 2 or No. 3 (CSA 40-80) meeting the following requirements: • 90% fractured symmetrical particles

A. Moisten, spread and compact the ASTM No. 2 (CSA 40-80) aggregate sub-base in minimum 6" (150 mm) lifts (without distorting or damaging the geotextile) according to the project specifications. B. Make at least two passes in the vibratory mode followed by at least two passes in the static mode with a minimum 10 ton (9 metric ton) vibratory roller, until there is no visible movement of the aggregate. Alternately, a 13,500 lbf (60 kN) plate compactor can be used to compact the ASTM No. 2 (CSA 40-80) aggregate sub-base. C. Do not allow the compactor to crush the aggregate. D. Surface tolerance of the ASTM No. 2 (CSA 40-80) sub-base should be ± 2 1⁄2" (64 mm) over 10' (3 m).

05 EDGE RESTRAINT A. Install edge restraint according to project specifications. B. Depending on the design, the top of the edge restraint can be hidden or exposed. C. Install Avignon, Belgik, Pietra, Tundra or Universal edge units. Cast-in-place concrete or precast concrete curbs should be considered in vehicular use applications (commercial / industrial driveways, parking lots or streets). D. Edge restraint may rest on an open-graded or dense-graded aggregate base.

06 BASE A. Moisten, spread and compact the ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) aggregate base layer in one 4" (100 mm) thick lift. B. Make a minimum of two passes in vibratory mode followed by at least two in static mode with a minimum 10 ton (9 metric ton) vibratory roller, until there is no visible movement of the aggregate. Alternately, a 13,500 lbf (60 kN) plate compactor can be used to compact the ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) aggregate base. C. Do not allow the compactor to crush the aggregate. D. Surface tolerance of the ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) base should be ± 1" (25 mm) over 10' (3 m). Verify prior to setting bed installation.

07 BEDDING COURSE A. Moisten, spread and screed the ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5-10) aggregate bedding layer in one 2" (50 mm) thick lift. B. Surface tolerance of the ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5-10) bedding course should be ± 3⁄8" (10 mm) over 10' (3 m). C. Construction equipment and pedestrian traffic on the screeded bedding course should not be permitted.

08 PAVER B. In sloped conditions, it is preferable to start laying from the bottom in an uphill direction. C. The minimum slope recommended for permeable pavement surface is 1%. D. Inflo pavers can be installed with the TB100SI (Techo-Bloc mechanical tool) to expedite installation. E. When subject to vehicular traffic, cut units should not be smaller than 1⁄3 of a whole paver. When using cut pieces, maintain joint. F. In vehicular applications, pattern strength will increase if laying pattern is perpendicular to traffic flow.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 91

techo-bloc.com

A. Pavers should be placed in the pattern shown on the drawings. Lay units hand tight to designated laying patterns. Units have lugs to maintain consistent joint width.

91

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT 09 JOINT FILL A. Fill the paver joint openings with ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5-10) aggregate (or No. 89, No. 9 depending on joint width). Sweep stone to fill joints. Surface must be swept clean prior to compaction. B. Compact with a minimum 5,000 lbf (22 kN) plate compactor (two passes minimum). The installation of a neoprene pad is recommended to protect the texture of the paving units. C. Do not compact within 6' (1.8 m) of unrestrained edges of the pavers.

PERMEABLE PAVERS

D. Apply additional aggregate to fill the joint openings if needed and compact. E. Surface tolerance of compacted pavers should be ± 3⁄8" (10 mm) over 10' (3 m). APPROXIMATE MEASURES Clean stone quantity in kg (lb) to cover an area of 1 m2 (1 pi2) to fill between joints. It is recommended to always start with a small area. PRODUCTS

JOINT FILL MATERIAL

Antika

ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5 - 10) ( ⁄ ") 1 4

(lbs/sq. ft)

(kg/sq. m)

1.9

9.3

Blu 60 mm

ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) ( ⁄ ")

0.6

3.0

Blu 80 mm

ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) (1⁄8")

0.8

4.0

Inflo

ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5 - 10) (1⁄4")

2.1

10.3

Mista random

ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) ( ⁄ ")

1.0

5.0

1 8

1 8

Pure

ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) ( ⁄ ")

1.4

7.0

Victorien 60 mm permeable

ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) (1⁄8")

1.7

8.5

Villagio

ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5 - 10) (1⁄4")

2.1

10.2

1 8

10 POST INSTALLATION PROTECTION

techo-bloc.com

Prevent contamination of the porous (permeable) pavement system from fine aggregates and debris by maintaining erosion and sedimentation (E&S) measures at the perimeter.

92

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 92

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT A. PERMEABLE PAVER FROM TECHO-BLOC B. JOINT FILLING MATERIAL ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE C. BEDDING COURSE 1 1⁄2'' to 2'' (40 to 50 mm) ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE D. BASE COURSE 4'' (100 mm) ASTM No 57 (CSA 5-28 mm) AGGREGATE E. SUBBASE COURSE ASTM No 2 (CSA 40-80 mm) AGGREGATE F. GEOTEXTILE H. CONCRETE EDGE

PERMEABLE PAVERS

G. SUBGRADE

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT – FULL INFILTRATION Typical cross section A. PERMEABLE PAVER FROM TECHO-BLOC B. JOINT FILLING MATERIAL ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE C. BEDDING COURSE 1 1⁄2'' to 2'' (40 to 50 mm) ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE D. BASE COURSE 4'' (100 mm) ASTM No 57 (CSA 5-28 mm) AGGREGATE E. SUBBASE COURSE ASTM No 2 (CSA 40-80 mm) AGGREGATE F. GEOTEXTILE G. SUBGRADE H. CONCRETE EDGE I. PERFORATED DRAIN CONNECTED TO DRAINAGE SYSTEM

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT – PARTIAL INFILTRATION Typical cross section A. PERMEABLE PAVER FROM TECHO-BLOC B. JOINT FILLING MATERIAL ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE C. BEDDING COURSE 1 1⁄2'' to 2'' (40 to 50 mm) ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE D. BASE COURSE 4'' (100 mm) ASTM No 57 (CSA 5-28 mm) AGGREGATE E. SUBBASE COURSE ASTM No 2 (CSA 40-80 mm) AGGREGATE F. IMPERMEABLE MEMBRANE H. CONCRETE EDGE I. PERFORATED DRAIN CONNECTED TO DRAINAGE SYSTEM

SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT – NO INFILTRATION Typical cross section

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 93

techo-bloc.com

G. SUBGRADE

93

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Inflo DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth

PERMEABLE PAVERS

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

62 ft

5.76 m2

Weight

2 710 lbs

1 229 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

7.75 ft2

0.72 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.80 lin. ft

3.60 lin. m

Percent of surface opening

5.8%

Joint Width

1 2

2

⁄"

T H L

• LEED® Projects.

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

• Reduces stormwater runoff to municipal sewers.

13 mm in

mm

3 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 11 13⁄16

100 200 300

Units /pallet

96 units

• Eliminates the need for retention basins and optimizes the use of land.

CHARACTERISTICS • Mechanical connection (tongue and groove system). • 6000 to 8000 sq. ft can be installed per day with the TB100SI and a team of 5 persons. • Maintains its interlocking properties, over time and under heavy traffic loads.

NOTES See page 87 to 93 for more technical information. 01 | Linear pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

shale grey

chestnut brown

grey

94

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 94

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Pure DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Beveled

PALLET OVERVIEW

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

90 ft

8.36 m2

Weight

3 175 lbs

1 440 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

11.25 ft2

1.05 m2

Linear coverage per row

15 lin. ft

4.57 lin. m

Percent of surface opening

5.0 %

Joint Width

3 8

2

⁄"

T H

The use of permeable pavement systems throughout the world has proven effective in reducing storm water runoff while increasing infiltration rates as it returns the water to the environment. The use of permeable pavers also facilitates LEED® certification easier to obtain.

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

B

Height Depth Length

NOTES See page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

C

Height Depth Length

PERMEABLE PAVERS

Specifications per pallet

10 mm in

mm

Units /pallet

3 1⁄8 9 9

80 229 229

40 units

3 1⁄8 9 12

80 229 305

40 units

3 1⁄8 9 15

80 229 381

40 units

01 | Linear pattern

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

95

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 95

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Victorien 60 mm Permeable DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth

Specifications per pallet

PERMEABLE PAVERS

60 mm PERMEABLE

PALLET OVERVIEW

Permeable pavers let storm water drain away and help manage excess runoff. They also smooth the path to obtaining LEED® certification.

Metric

Cubing

110.22 ft

10.24 m2

Weight

2 888 lbs

1 310 kg

Number of rows

11

Coverage per row

10.02 ft2

0.93 m2

Depth

15.87 lin. ft

4.84 lin. m

Length

31.74 lin. ft

9.68 lin. m

2

Linear coverage per row

T

Imperial

Percent of surface opening

9.6 %

Joint Width

3 8

H L

D

A

⁄"

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

10 mm in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 4 1⁄4 8 1⁄2

60 108 216

440 units

NOTES See page 87 to 93 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Parquet pattern

03 | Herringbone pattern

04 | Modified Herringbone pattern

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

shale grey

chestnut brown

96

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 96

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


WALLS WALLS, PILLARS & PLANTERS

PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS CHARACTERISTICS

ASTM C 1372

Compressive strength

3 000 psi [21 MPa] min.

5 050 psi [35 MPa] min.

after 100 cycles 1 % (max.)

after 100 cycles 1 % (max.)

after 150 cycles 1,5 % (max.)

after 150 cycles 1,5 % (max.)

13 lb/ft3 [208 kg/m3] max

9 lb/ft3 [144 kg/m3] max.

length

+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]

+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]

width

+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]

+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]

height

+ ⁄ " [3 mm]

+ 1⁄16" [1.5 mm]

Durability to freeze thaw cycles Mass loss Water absorption Dimension tolerance1

1 8

TECHO-BLOC

Notes : 1. The dimension tolerance is not applicable to split facings or other architectural finish. 2.

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall. Stonedge collection of wet cast wall units include, but are not limited to, the following: Borealis, Prescott, Röcka and Travertina Raw wall units.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 97

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS GRAVITY RETAINING WALL Inclined Wall [1]

Type of wall

WALLS & PILLARS

Angle

MAXIMUM TOTAL HEIGHT [2,3,4]

Setback

°

mm

Baltimore 90 mm

4.4

7.0

9

Baltimore 180 mm

4.4

14.0

9

Borealis

0.0

0.0

Brandon 90 mm [8]

4.4

7.0

9

Brandon 180 mm [8]

4.4

14.0

9

Graphix

Inclined

MINIMUM WALL RADIUS [5]

Vertical

in

# rows

mm

ft

# rows

mm

ft

m

ft

⁄32”

10

900

2' - 11"

8

720

2' - 4"

2.3

7' - 6"

⁄16”

5

900

2' - 11"

4

720

2' - 4"

2.3

7' - 6"

0"

-

-

-

4

610

2'

-

-

⁄32”

10

900

2' - 11"

8

720

2' - 4"

2.3

7' - 6"

⁄16”

5

900

2' - 11"

4

720

2' - 4"

2.3

7' - 6"

8

600

2'

-

-

-

-

-

⁄16”

5

1015

3' - 4"

-

-

-

3.0

9' - 10"

0"

-

-

-

5

500

1' - 8"

-

-

⁄32”

12

900

2' - 11"

10

750

2' - 6"

2.1

7'

⁄16”

6

900

2' - 11"

5

750

2' - 6"

2.1

7'

⁄16”

16

914

3'

12

686

2' - 3"

1.6

5' - 2"

⁄32”

8

914

3'

6

686

2' - 3"

1.6

5' - 2"

⁄32”

10

900

2' - 11"

8

720

2' - 4"

2.6

8' - 6"

⁄16”

5

900

2' - 11"

4

720

2' - 4"

2.6

8' - 6"

0"

-

-

-

4

610

2'

-

-

⁄32”

7

1050

3' - 5"

5

750

2' - 6"

2.1

7'

⁄8”

5

1016

3' - 4"

4

813

2' - 8"

1.8

6'

⁄16”

5

762

2' - 6"

4

610

2'

-

-

Variable

G Force

3.9

14.0

Manchester [9]

0.0

0.0

Mini-Creta 3" [8]

5.3

7.0

9

Mini-Creta 6" [8]

5.3

14.0

9

Prescott 2.25" [8]

4.5

4.5

3

Prescott 4.5" [8]

4.5

9.0

11

Raffinato 90 mm [8]

4.4

7.0

9

Raffinato 180 mm [8]

4.4

14.0

9

Röcka

0.0

0.0

Semma [8]

7.6

20.0

25

Suprema

4.5

16.0

5

Travertina Raw [8]

5.2

14.0

9

9

[1] Vertical Retaining walls are constructed without any face inclination or setback. [2] Heigths do not include cap thickness. [3] -

Total Height is the vertical distance measured from the top of the footing (aggregate base) to the top of the uppermost course. Exposed Height is the vertical distance measured from the finished grade at the bottom of the wall to the top of the uppermost course. It does not include the wall depth below grade (embedment).

[4] The maximum wall height for gravity retaining walls recommended in this table is based on the following conditions: The retained soil type considered is gravel with an internal friction angle of at least 36°. There is no surcharge load applied on top of the wall. There is no slope on top of the wall. An adequate drainage system is provided at the back of the wall.

techo-bloc.com

[5] Minimum retaining wall radius is measured at the front face of the wall. It corresponds to the lowest course in an internal curve and to the uppermost course in an external curve. [6] Freestanding Minimum Wall radius based on the shortest tapered unit. [7] The maximum height does not necessarily correspond to the amount of blocks in a pallet. [8] Pillar units sold separately. [9] Freestanding Maximum Height of 750 mm (29 7⁄16”) is based on a block depth of 300 mm (11 13⁄16”)

98

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 98

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide

SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS FREESTANDING WALL Type of wall

PILLARS MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE HEIGHT [2,3,7]

MINIMUM WALL RADIUS [6]

MAXIMUM EXPOSED HEIGHT [2,3]

inside

Outside

Exposed

Total

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

Baltimore 90 mm

750

7

29 ⁄16"

1202

47"

1473

58"

-

-

-

-

Baltimore 180 mm

750

29 7⁄16”

1202

47"

1473

58"

-

-

-

-

Borealis

612

24"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Brandon 90 mm [8]

750

7

29 ⁄16”

1538

61"

1788

70"

930

1

36 ⁄2”

1080

42 1⁄2”

Brandon 180 mm [8]

750

29 7⁄16”

1538

61"

1788

70"

930

36 1⁄2”

1080

42 1⁄2”

Graphix

600

23 1⁄2”

-

-

-

-

1050

41 1⁄4”

1200

47 1⁄4”

G Force

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Manchester [9]

750

7

29 ⁄16”

-

-

-

-

1050

1

41 ⁄4”

1200

47 1⁄4”

Mini-Creta 3" [8]

750

29 7⁄16”

907

36"

1158

46"

1050

41 1⁄4”

1200

47 1⁄4”

Mini-Creta 6" [8]

750

29 7⁄16”

907

36"

1158

46"

1050

41 1⁄4”

1200

47 1⁄4”

Prescott 2.25" [8]

650

25 1⁄2”

863

34"

1114

44"

993

39"

1143

45''

Prescott 4.5" [8]

650

25 1⁄2”

863

34"

1114

44"

993

39"

1143

45''

Raffinato 90 mm [8]

750

29 7⁄16”

2259

89"

2510

99"

930

36 1⁄2”

1080

42 1⁄2”

Raffinato 180 mm [8]

750

29 7⁄16”

2259

89"

2510

99"

930

36 1⁄2”

1080

42 1⁄2”

Röcka

612

24"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Semma [8]

750

29 7⁄16”

519

20"

807

32"

1050

41 1⁄4”

1200

47 1⁄4”

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

764

30"

-

-

-

-

1069

42"

1219

48"

Suprema Travertina Raw [8]

WALLS & PILLARS

mm

[1] Vertical Retaining walls are constructed without any face inclination or setback. [2] Heigths do not include cap thickness. [3] -

Total Height is the vertical distance measured from the top of the footing (aggregate base) to the top of the uppermost course. Exposed Height is the vertical distance measured from the finished grade at the bottom of the wall to the top of the uppermost course. It does not include the wall depth below grade (embedment).

[5] Minimum retaining wall radius is measured at the front face of the wall. It corresponds to the lowest course in an internal curve and to the uppermost course in an external curve. [6] Freestanding Minimum Wall radius based on the shortest tapered unit. [7] The maximum height does not necessarily correspond to the amount of blocks in a pallet. [8] Pillar units sold separately. [9] Freestanding Maximum Height of 750 mm (29 7⁄16”) is based on a block depth of 300 mm (11 13⁄16”)

techo-bloc.com

[4] The maximum wall height for gravity retaining walls recommended in this table is based on the following conditions: The retained soil type considered is gravel with an internal friction angle of at least 36°. There is no surcharge load applied on top of the wall. There is no slope on top of the wall. An adequate drainage system is provided at the back of the wall.

99

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 99

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Retaining Wall

PRELIMINARY DESIGN ASSISTANCE - REQUEST FORM Techo-Bloc can help you in your preliminary design of retaining walls. However, preliminary design should only be used to assess the suitability of a wall system to a specific project or for estimating budget costs. For final construction designs, please contact a qualified engineer in your area. Techo-Bloc Sales Representative Customer type:

Date

Landscape Architect

Engineer

Contractor

Homeowner

Other:

Are you a Techo-Pro?

Yes

No

1. GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name

Address

Contact

E-mail

City

Entreprise

Telephone

State / Province Postal Code

WALLS & PILLARS

2. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Type:

Industrial

Commercial

Institutional

Residential

2.1 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

Units (metric or imperial)

Information date required

Maximum available

Maximum required

space behind wall:

freestanding wall portion:

3. GENERAL INFORMATION ON WALLS

4. TYPE OF SOIL

If a soil report is available, attach it to this request.

3.1 SINGLE WALL Block Product: Wall length:

Retained Soil

Vertical Rise Geogrid (if required) Horizontal Run

Maximum wall height (above ground)

Reinforced soil (if required) Clean sand and gravel Clayey gravel Silty sand Clayey sand Silt and clay Other:

Vertical Rise

Foundation Soil

Horizontal Run *Include only the Retaining portion of the wall. Freestanding portion must be included in section 2.1 under Project Specification. **If a grading plan is available, include it with this request (drawing should indicate the location of the wall, grade lines and loads). Otherwise clear and detailed sketches must be provided.

3.2 TIERED WALL

Clean sand and gravel Clayey gravel Silty sand Clayey sand Silt and clay Other:

5. SURCHARGE ABOVE WALL

Backslope: Horizontal run

TYPE OF SURCHARGE

Vertical rise

(LOAD)

Platform between walls:

Upper wall:

Horizontal run Vertical rise

techo-bloc.com

Clean sand and gravel Clayey gravel Silty sand Clayey sand Silt and clay Other:

Lower wall:

DISTANCE TO WALL

Route

Block product Wall height (above ground)

Parking / alley for heavy vehicules

Wall lenght

Parking / alley for light vehicules Swimming pool

Block product Wall height (above ground)

Paved surface Lawn

Wall lenght Base slope: Horizontal run

Other

Vertical rise

100

Return this request by one of the following methods:

Fax 450 656-1983 | Email walls@techo-bloc.com | Mail Techo-Bloc - 5255 Albert-Millichamp Street, Saint-Hubert, QC J3Y 8Z8

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 100

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Compatibility Charts

Graphix cap

York 32"×32"

York 28"×28"

Raffinato 90 mm

York

Raffinato 60 mm

Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28”

Prima 14"

Piedimonte 28"×28"

Piedimonte

Bullnose Grande

Bullnose

Portofino

Baltimore 90 & 180 mm

Brandon cap

CAPS Architectural cap

WALLS & PILLARS

Borealis does not require a cap Brandon 90 & 180 mm

Brandon 90 & 180 mm pillar

G-Force

Graphix

Mini-Creta Collection

Mini-Creta Pillar 24" Collection

Prescott Collection

 

Prescott Pillar Collection

Raffinato Collection

 

 

Raffinato Pillar Collection

 

WALLS & PILLARS

Manchester

 

Röcka does not require a cap Semma

Semma Pillar

York 14"×48"

Travertina Raw

York wall caps 16", 32", 48"

Suprema

Travertina Raw pillar

Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28”

NOTE: The combinations shown in this chart are not complete. Other possible combinations exist.

Pool coping

Wall single-sided

Wall double-sided

Counter top

Pillar

 

LEGEND:  NEW PRODUCT

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 101

 

techo-bloc.com

Venetian

Blu 45 mm

York 32"×32"

York 28"×28"

Concrete & step overlay system

York 24"×36"

Raffinato 90 mm

Piedimonte 14"×30"

Raffinato 60 mm

Piedimonte 12"×30"

Prima 14"

Graphix cap

Portofino

Bullnose Grande

Piedimonte 28"×28"

Bullnose

Brandon cap

Step

Bali Travertina Raw

CAPS

Architectural cap

APPLICATIONS

101

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

Installation outline 01 EXCAVATION A. Check the location of existing structures and utilities before starting the excavation. B. Dig out a trench. Its depth should be calculated according to the thickness of the leveling pad and the burial depth of the wall.

C. Plan for a thickness of at least 6" (150 mm) for the leveling pad and consider that at least 10% of the height of the wall should be buried in the ground. In all cases, the wall must be buried no less than 6" (150 mm) deep.

6" (150 mm) min. 6" (150 mm) min.

WALLS & PILLARS

6" (150 mm) min.

D. In determining the width of the trench, allow for a space of at least 6" (150 mm) at the front of the wall and 12" (300 mm) at the back for drainage fill. Compact and level the excavation base.

12" (300 mm) min.

FOR GEOGRID REINFORCED RETAINING WALLS The excavation must also take into account the legth of geogrid.

REINFORCED ZONE

02 FOUNDATION A. Cover the base and back of the trench with a geotextile. Extend the geotextile towards the back of the excavation and eventually above the drainage fill once it is in place close to the top of the wall.

B. Next, spread the 0-3â „4" (0-20 mm) stone in the trench and compact using a vibratory plate or jumping jack, ensuring that the surface is level. The compacted leveling pad must be at least 6" (150 mm) thick. GEOTEXTILE

NOTE FOR STEPPED FOUNDATION A wall built on an incline requires stepped foundations. For steep inclines, several steps may be required. Construction should start at the lowest level. Each of the steps must follow a level horizontal path and the vertical distance separating the successive steps must equal the height of a block. ( 0-3â „4")

BLOCKS

(0-20 mm)

techo-bloc.com

STEPPED FOUNDATION

102

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 102

2016-12-07 11:19 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

03 BUILDING THE FIRST COURSE A. Using blocks of the same height, place the first course on the compacted leveling

PERFORATED DRAIN

pad according to the predetermined layout. Check the alignment and leveling in all directions and make sure that all the blocks are in full contact with the leveling pad and properly supported.

B. Place the exposed surfaces of the blocks side by side. There must be no space between the exposed faces of adjacent blocks.

C. At the back of the wall and on the compacted leveling pad, lay a 4" (100 mm) diameter perforated drain. Connect this drain to the existing drainage system so that it clears the water accumulated behind the wall.

04 BACKFILLING

05 SUBSEQUENT COURSES A. Clean the top of each block before laying the next course. Depending on the type of block, install the connectors on the extremity of each block.

B. Lay the subsequent courses, backfilling at the rear of the wall every 8" (200 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

Backfill at the rear of the wall and the space between the back of the blocks with 3â „4" (20 mm) clean stone. Level and settle the clean stone. Any cavities in the blocks must also be filled with clean stone.

maximum, using the same method outlined in step 4.

C. Make sure the subsequent courses are laid such that the vertical seams are aligned 3' (1-m)

with the blocks below.

FOR GEOGRID REINFORCED RETAINING WALLS Where geogrids are to be used, cover the clean stone with a geotextile. Select the geogrid according to the type, level and appropriate length. Position the geogrid according to the main reinforcement direction perpendicular to the wall. The geogrid must be continuous all along its embedment length. Splicing of the geogrid in the main reinforcement direction is not permitted. The geogrid must be installed horizontally over the compacted backfill and the previous course of blocks. Fix the connectors on the geogrid and lay the next course of blocks. Pull on the back of the geogrid and maintain its tension by stakes or pins. Repeat with a new section of geotextile and place the reinforced backfill directly behind the drainage fill. Fill and compact up to the level of the blocks. Heavy equipment must not be used less than 3' (1-m) behind the blocks. Construction equipment must not drive directly over the geogrid. Repeat the various installation steps.

06 FINISHING

techo-bloc.com

Position the course of coping stones (if applicable) or the final course of blocks to complete the wall. The coping stones or final course of blocks must be fixed to the subjacent blocks using concrete adhesive and there must be no space between the blocks.

103

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 103

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

WALL INSTALLATION – GRAVITY WALL Typical cross section

(300 mm) min.

WALLS & PILLARS

(300 mm) min.

WALL INSTALLATION – GEOGRID REINFORCED WALL Typical cross section

(300 mm) min.

techo-bloc.com

(300 mm) min.

104

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 104

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Design Charts RETAINING WALLS

A. CAP UNIT FROM TECHO-BLOC B. TECHO-BLOC WALL UNIT C. CONNECTOR D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH LARGEST: 6'' (150 mm) OR 10% OF THE HEIGHT ABOVE GROUND MIN. E. TOTAL HEIGHT (VARIABLE) F. TOPSOIL G. LOW PERMEABILITY SOIL H. CLEAN STONE 3⁄4'' (20 mm) PLACED 12'' (300 mm) MIN. WIDE BEHIND WALL I. REINFORCED SOIL COMPACTED J. RETAINED SOIL L. GEOGRID M. GEOGRID LENGTH N. PERFORATED DRAIN 4'' (100 mm) Dia. O. LEVELING PAD CRUSHED STONE 0-3⁄4'' (0-20 mm) COMPACTED

WALLS & PILLARS

K. GEOTEXTILE

WALL INSTALLATION - GEOGRID REINFORCED WALL Typical cross section The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only and as such should only be used for preliminary designs. A qualified engineer should be consulted for the final design to be used for construction. TECHOBLOC and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. The design charts show the number, position and length of the geogrids for a Techo-Bloc inclined wall based on the height of the wall, soil type and the load conditions. Furthermore, geogrid may be required for walls with a height lower than the minimum stated. The geogrid layout has been optimized to satisfy the minimum design requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. The height (H) of the wall is the total height from the leveling pad to the top of the wall, including the coping stones of 75 mm (2.95 in) thick. The wall height varies approximately from 1.97 ft (0.6 m) to 8.20 ft (2.5 m), gradually increasing in height increments of 1.31-2.62 ft (0.4-0.8 m). THE THREE TYPES OF SOIL ASSUMED IN THE REINFORCED SOIL ZONE ARE : (i) (ii) (iii)

Mixes of sand and gravel (minimum friction angle of 34°); Sands (minimum friction angle of 30°) and; Low plasticity silts and clays (minimum friction angle of 26°).

(i) (ii) (ii)

A horizontal surface above the wall with no surcharge; A horizontal surface above the wall with a uniform surcharge of 250 psf (12 kPa) or 100 psf (4.8 kPa) and; A 1V:3H slope above the wall.

The symbol shows the position and length of the geogrid taken from the front of the block. The foundation soil must be able to support the wall-reinforced backfill system. A geotechnical study to ascertain the bearing capacity of the soil must be carried out. The leveling pad is made of 0-3⁄4 in (0-20 mm) crushed stone. A concrete pad can be used. Compaction must be carried out in successive layers of a maximum of 8" (200 mm) in thickness and in accordance with project specifications. The minimum burial depth must be 6 in (150 mm) or 10% of the above ground wall height, whichever is greater.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 105

techo-bloc.com

The description of the soil is provided for information purposes; it is the actual shear strength parameter that will govern the design. THE THREE LOAD CONDITIONS ASSUMED ARE:

105

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Design Charts RETAINING WALLS

THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per requirements of “NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition”. • The geogrid to use must be Miragrid® 3XT by Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = see above, γ = 120 pcf); retained soil (φ = 26°, γ = 120 pcf);foundation soil (φ = 26°, γ= 120 pcf). • The bearing capacity of the foundation soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer. • Seismic analysis was not considered. • The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 250 psf (12 kPa) surcharge equivalent to tractor trailer and heavy truck loadings.

WALLS & PILLARS

• 100 psf (4.8 kPa) surcharge equivalent to car and light truck traffic. • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls.

THE DESIGN CHARTS FOR: • BALTIMORE : p. 121-123 • BRANDON : p. 134-136 • MINI-CRETA : p. 160-162 • RAFFINATO : p. 185-187 • SEMMA : p. 198-200

techo-bloc.com

• SUPREMA : p. 204-206

For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM

106

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 106

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

Anchoring system BALTIMORE, MINI-CRETA, SEMMA AND SUPREMA BLOCKS

Back groove Front groove

BALTIMORE, MINI-CRETA AND SUPREMA BLOCKS Setback / wall inclination HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the back groove

GRAPHIX HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the front groove

HDPE horizontal connector is always inserted in the back groove

variable

Front of unit

Front of unit

Front of unit

Insert HDPE horizontal connector

WALLS & PILLARS

Notch

The setback is determined by the placement of the HDPE horizontal connector.

SEMMA

Front of unit

Front of unit

HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the back groove

techo-bloc.com

Setback / wall inclination HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the front groove

107

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 107

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

Anchoring system | Connectors in curved wall application

WALLS & PILLARS

When creating internal curves and the connectors are in the back groove, two connectors must be installed on each block as illustrated.

Anchoring system | Connectors in geogrid reinforced wall application When using a geogrid, it must be placed above the connectors. The connectors will therefore be placed before the geogrid. After positioning the geogrid, move the block (from the above course) forward until it touches the connectors and ensures that the system is locked.

PRESCOTT BLOCKS Geogrid

techo-bloc.com

HDPE vertical connector position for a vertical wall.

HDPE vertical connector

HDPE vertical connector position for an inclined wall. ( + 4.5 °)

Note: It is recommanded to install the connectors for an inclined wall when a geogrid is required.

108

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 108

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


2 sizes

3 sizes Connector position for a vertical wall.

Connector position for an inclined wall.

Installation guide

GEOGRID INSTALLATION

CONNECTOR POSITION

Note: It is recommanded to install the connectors for an inclined wall when a geogrid is required. RETAINING WALLS

BRANDON & RAFFINATO BLOCKS Connector position for an inclined wall.

Connector position for a vertical wall.

HDPE vertical connector

2 sizes

Geogrid

CONNECTOR POSITION

WALLS & PILLARS

GEOGRID INSTALLATION

Note: It is recommanded to install the connectors for an inclined wall when a geogrid is required.

Internal corner When building a wall with an internal corner, it is recommended to start constructing the wall at the corner and build out from this point in both directions. To form the corner, use the longer modules as illustrated. Build wall B by extending it out from wall A so the end of wall B is aligned with the back of wall A. For subsequent courses, simply alternate the extension of walls A and B. FIRST COURSE

SECOND COURSE

Wall B Longest modules

Wall A

THIRD COURSE

Wall B

Wall B Longest modules

Longest modules

Wall A

Wall A

techo-bloc.com

When using geogrid, it must be extended beyond the internal corner by at least 25% of the total height of the wall. Alternate the extension of the geogrid for subsequent layers (as illustrated in green)

109

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 109

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

ALTERNER LA DIRECTION DU BLOC DE COIN

RETAINING WALLS

External corner

WALLS & PILLARS

For walls with an external corner, start building the wall from the corner and continue from this point in both directions. Each pallet contains units that can be used to make a corner. On-site, these units (except the Suprema blocks) must be split down the side using a hammer and chisel in order to obtain a corner unit. For each subsequent course, alternate the direction of the corner unit and secure the corner unit to the block below using concrete adhesive.

Oblique corner

When overlapping two geodrids in the same layer (as illustrated in green) allow at least 3" (75 mm) of backfill in between the overlapping section

The longer modules should be used to build an oblique external corner. Cut the non-exposed part of the block using a saw. Use a chisel or splitter to give the exposed face of the block a textured look. Alternate the cutting of the blocks for each subsequent course. Cut with a saw

Alternate the position of the cut corner (as shown below)

Cut marks

techo-bloc.com

Cut with a chisel or splitter

Alternate the corner unit for each subsequent course (as shown above)

110

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 110

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

Internal curve The Techo-Bloc retaining wall system allows walls to be built with internal and external curves. These curves can be achieved without cutting the blocks. You will need to angle the curves according to the minimum radius specified by Techo-Bloc. When building a wall with an internal curve, it is recommended to start building the wall at the center of the curve and place blocks alternately to the left and right of the central block. If the wall to be constructed requires a setback (inclined wall), each course should be offset to the back and the curve will then become bigger. The minimum radius is therefore that of the first course.

WALLS & PILLARS techo-bloc.com

When using geogrid, it must cover 100% of the surface around the curve. To do this, additional layers of geogrid are placed on the next course of blocks to fill voids created from previous course (as illustrated in green).

111

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 111

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

External curve When building a wall with an external curve, it is recommended to start building the wall at the center of the curve and place blocks alternately to the left and right of the central block. Unlike internal curves, the external curve gets smaller as courses are added. The minimum radius is therefore that of the last course.

um

s

u radi

WALLS & PILLARS

im Min

techo-bloc.com

When using geogrid, it must cover 100% of the surface around the curve. To achieve this, additional layers of geogrid are placed on the same course of blocks to fill voids (as illustrated in green). In this case, we recommend at least 3" (75 mm) of backfill in between the overlapping sections.

112

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 112

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

Fencing Fencing can be erected behind the blocks. Fence posts must be placed in formwork tubes positioned during construction of the wall and then filled with concrete. The geogrid may be cut to accommodate installation of the tubes. Cut the geogrid in alignment with the center of the formwork tube and perpendicular to the wall, thus creating two geogrid panels. Connect the two geogrid panels at the front and back of the formwork tube and bend the geogrid to fit around the formwork.

Geogrid cut perpendicular to wall (creating two geogrid panels)

WALLS & PILLARS

Geogrid folded around formwork tube Formwork tube installed during wall construction

Guard Rail As with fencing, a guardrail can be incorporated behind the blocks. The guardrail posts must be installed during construction of the wall. The geogrid is cut perpendicular to the wall and in alignment with the center of the post, thus creating two geogrid panels. These two panels are connected at the front and back of the post. The geogrid can be bent to fit around the post.

Geogrid cut perpendicular to wall (creating two geogrid panels)

Post installed during wall construction

techo-bloc.com

Geogrid folded around post

113

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 113

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide RETAINING WALLS

Tiered wall Although tiered walls look appealing, it is important to take into account the additional load the upper wall applies on the lower wall. If the distance between the walls is at least twice the height of the lower wall, the walls are generally independent of each other. However, if this distance is less the lower wall must be built to take account of the load of the upper wall and geogrids may be required.

D

WALLS & PILLARS

Upper wall

Lower wall

H2

If H1 > H2 and D > ( H1 Ă— 2 ) The walls are generally independent of each other. Otherwise, the construction of the lower wall must take into account the load of the upper wall (as shown below).

H1

Upper wall

< (H1 x 2) Lower wall

< (H1 x 2) H2

techo-bloc.com

H2

Geogrid

H1

H1

114

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 114

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS

Installation outline 01 EXCAVATION A. Check the location of existing structures and utilities before starting the excavation. B. Dig out a trench. The trench should be 12” wider than the block width (6” (150 mm) at the front and at the back of the wall).

C. The trench should be a minimum 12” (300mm) deep. This depth will provide 6” (150mm) for the compacted base and a minimum 6” (150mm) free-standing wall embedment.

6" (150 mm) min.

6" (150 mm) min. 6" (150 mm) min.

D. In areas where unstable soils or one particularly affected by freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker compacted base may be necessary.

E. The foundation soil should be checked to make sure it is firm, level and capable of supporting the freestanding wall.

GEOTEXTILE

aggregate base material. The pad should be composed of 0-¾” (0-20 mm) crushed stone with a minimum thickness of 6” (150 mm).

WALLS & PILLARS

02 FOUNDATION A. Cover the excavated area with a geotextile. Create a leveling pad of compacted

NOTE FOR STEPPED FOUNDATION ( 0- ⁄ ") (0-20 mm) 3 4

A wall built on an incline requires stepped foundations. For steep inclines, several steps may be required. Construction should start at the lowest level. Each of the steps must follow a level horizontal path and the vertical distance separating the successive steps must equal the height of a block.

03 BUILDING THE FIRST COURSE A. Using blocks of the same height, place the first course on the compacted leveling pad according to the predetermined layout. Check the alignment and leveling in all directions and make sure that all the blocks are in full contact with the leveling pad and properly supported.

B. Place the blocks side by side. There must be no space between adjacent blocks. For alignment of straight walls, use a string line aligned on the connector’s slots of applicable units, or back of the block of full solid units.

techo-bloc.com

C. For tapered units, alternate front and back faces to obtain straight walls.

115

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 115

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS

Installation outline 04 SUBSEQUENT COURSES A. Clean the top of each block before laying the next course. Depending on the type of block, install the connectors if available on each block.

B. Stagger joints from one row to the next. C. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive for securing. D. All Free-standing walls must be installed in vertical position. E. Any cavities in the blocks must be filled with 3⁄4” (20 mm) clean stone.

WALLS & PILLARS

F. Continue building to the desired and permissible height.

05 FINISHING A. Position the cap units (if applicable) or the final course of blocks to complete the wall. The cap units (if applicable) or final course of blocks must be fixed to the subjacent blocks using concrete adhesive and there must be no space between the blocks.

Techo-Bloc cap unit secured to unit below with concrete adhesive

Techo-Bloc double-sided wall unit Secure each row with concrete adhesive

Exposed height Connector

Finished grade Embedment depth Geotextile Compacted granular leveling pad, 6” (150 mm) thick min. thickness according to project specific conditions

techo-bloc.com

Foundation soil

116

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 116

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide PILLARS

General note It is important to adequately glue each row with a concrete adhesive in order to obtain a stable pillar. If you are planning to install a light on top of the pillar, make sure you run the electrical wires prior to installing the blocks. If you are planning to build a pillar with a planter, make sure to install a geotextile membrane inside the pillar before filling the cavity with planting soil.

Installation outline 01 EXCAVATION A. Check the location of existing structures and utilities before starting the excavation. B. Excavate an area that is 12” (300 mm) wider than the pillar (6” [150 mm] at each side

6” (150mm) for the compacted base and a minimum 6” (150mm) of embedment.

D. In areas where unstable soils or one particularly affected by freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker compacted base may be necessary.

WALLS & PILLARS

of the pillar).

C. The excavated area should be a minimum 12” (300mm) deep. This depth will provide

E. The foundation soil should be checked to make sure it is firm, level and capable of supporting the pillar.

02 FOUNDATION A. Cover the excavated area with a geotextile. Create a leveling pad of compacted granular base material. The pad should be composed of 0-¾” (0-20 mm) crushed stone with a minimum thickness of 6” (150 mm).

03 BUILDING THE FIRST COURSE A. Using the corresponding pillar or corner units, place the first course on the compacted

techo-bloc.com

base according to the predetermined layout. Check the alignment and leveling in all directions and make sure that all the blocks are in full contact with the base and properly supported.

117

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 117

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide PILLARS

Installation outline 04 SUBSEQUENT COURSES A. Clean the top of each block before laying the next course. B. Stagger joints from one row to the next. C. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive for securing. D. Backfill the excavated area surrounding the pillar. E. Continue building to desired and permissible height.

05 CROWNING with a concrete adhesive.

techo-bloc.com

WALLS & PILLARS

A. Crown the pillar using Techo-Bloc Pillar cap units and securing to blocks underneath

118

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 118

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Baltimore 90 mm DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Sculpted PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Pallet layout may vary.

Imperial

Metric

21.04 ft

1.95 m2

2

Cubing

21.72 lin. m

2 320 lbs

1 052 kg

Minimum radius

7.5 ft

2.3 m

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

2.63 ft2/row

0.24 m2/row

Linear coverage per row

8.91 lin. ft/row

2.72 lin. m/row

L2

Versatile units that can be used to build planters, double and single walls, steps, edge restraints, pillars, fireplaces and exterior kitchen components.

H L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄2

90 270 230 190

24 units

3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 12 3⁄16 10 5⁄8

90 270 310 270

18 units

3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8

90 270 270 270

6 units

3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 14 3⁄4 14

90 270 375 355

WALLS & PILLARS

APPLICATIONS

71.26 lin. ft

Weight

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

B

Height Depth

NOTES

Length 1 Length 2

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 20 ft2.

B*

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

01 | Linear pattern

24 units 12 right corners 12 left corners

02 | Linear pattern

champlain grey

chestnut brown

sandlewood

shale grey

brazilian sand

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

119

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 119

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Baltimore 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Sculpted PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Pallet layout may vary.

Metric

21.04 ft

1.95 m2

2

Cubing

WALLS & PILLARS

Imperial

35.63 lin. ft

10.86 lin. m

Weight

2 440 lbs

1 107 kg

Minimum radius

7.5 ft

2.3 m

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

5.26 ft2/row

0.49 m2/row

Linear coverage per row

8.91 lin. ft/row

2.72 lin. m/row

L2 H

T

L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1

COMPATIBLE CAPS

Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄2

180 270 230 190

12 units

7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 12 3⁄16 10 5⁄8

180 270 310 270

9 units

7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8

180 270 270 270

3 units

7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 14 3⁄4 14

180 270 375 355

See page 101 for product compatibility.

B

NOTES

Height Depth

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 20 ft2. See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Length 1 Length 2

B*

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth Length 1

01 | Linear pattern

Length 2

12 units 6 right corners 6 left corners

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

champlain grey

chestnut brown

sandlewood

shale grey

brazilian sand

120

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 120

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BALTIMORE 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BALTIMORE 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND / GRAVEL (φ = 34°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 3

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

121

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 121

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BALTIMORE 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BALTIMORE 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND (φ = 30°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 4

WALLS & PILLARS

Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

CASE NO 5 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 6

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

122

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 122

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BALTIMORE 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BALTIMORE 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SILT / LEAN CLAY (φ = 26°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 7 Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

CASE NO 8 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 9

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

123

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 123

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

LAYING PATTERNS FOR RETAINING WALL These patterns have been developed to capture the look of hand-laid stone. For each pattern, a ratio of quantity is provided, which will guide you in estimating the overall material required for a given project.

RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM

1-row pattern | Laying patterns The single row model shows two examples of combinations without the B* module of the Baltimore 180 mm and two examples of combinations without the B module of the Baltimore 180 mm. Each combination is 180 mm long (7 1â „16") high. This model can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other models cannot be used.

WALLS & PILLARS

COMBINATIONS WITHOUT THE "B*" MODULE OF THE BALTIMORE 180 mm:

The smallest surface of this module is shown

The smallest surface of this module is shown

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE The smallest surface of this module is shown

BALTIMORE

A B B* C

67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm

4

33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm

1 1 0 1

The smallest surface of this module is shown

3

1

4

The smallest surface of this module is shown

COMBINATIONS WITHOUT THE "B" MODULE OF THE BALTIMORE 180 mm: The smallest surface of this module is shown

The smallest surface of this module is shown

techo-bloc.com

The smallest surface of this module is shown

124

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 124

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


module est représentée

La plus petite face de ce module est représentée

Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM

La plus petite face de ce module est représentée

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE

BALTIMORE

A B B* C

module est représentée 67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm

4

33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm

1 0 1 1

La plus petite face de ce

3

1

4

The 3-row model is 3.62 m (11.88') long and 540 mm (21 1⁄4") high. This model allows for a graded area at every 540 mm (21 1⁄4"), which corresponds to the recommended spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Baltimore wall. This model is recommended when using the geogrid.

WALLS & PILLARS

3-row pattern | Laying patterns

Geogrids

(when applicable)

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE

BALTIMORE

A B B* C

67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm

16

33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm

4 3 1 4

4

16

techo-bloc.com

12

125

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 125

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM

4-row pattern | Laying patterns

WALLS & PILLARS

The 4-row model shows two examples of combination. This combination is 2.705 m (8,87') long and 720 mm (28 3⁄8") high. This model should only be used where geogrid is not required.

The smallest surface of this module is shown

La plus petite face de ce module est représentée

The smallest surface of this module is shown

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE La plus petite face de ce module est représentée

BALTIMORE

A B B* C

67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm

16

33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm

4 3 1 4

4

16

techo-bloc.com

12

126

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 126

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM BALTIMORE 90 mm & 180 mm A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT, SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE B. BALTIMORE 90 mm AND 180 mm DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. E.

29 7⁄16” (750 mm) MAX.

F. GEOTEXTILE G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

WALLS & PILLARS

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation Module creation 2 2

The corner block must be cut to reveal the texture 1. Alternate odd and even rows.

Regular block Regular block

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.

Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture

ODD ROWODD ROW

5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Module creation 2 Module creation 2

Regular block Regular block

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Corner unit Corner unit

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Regular block

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

Cut line

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Corner unit Corner unit

Even row ODD ROWODD ROW

Corner block cut to reveal texture

Cut line

Cut line

* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Regular block

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 127

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Even row Cut line

Cut line

techo-bloc.com

Odd row

127

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

WALLS & PILLARS

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM

It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

STEPS BALTIMORE 90 mm

BALTIMORE 180 mm Variable

Variable

Cap

Cap

Connector

Baltimore 180 mm Baltimore 90 mm

For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 101.

techo-bloc.com

Variable

Cap

Variable

Cap

Connector

Raffinato 180 mm

128

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 128

Raffinato 90 mm

Variable

Cap

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Borealis Wall DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW

S

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

32 ft

2.97 m2

Linear coverage per pallet

64 lin. ft

19.51 lin. m

Weight

3 042 lbs

1 380 kg

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

8 ft2

0.74 m2

Coverage per unit

2 ft2

0.19 m2

Linear coverage per unit

4 lin. ft

1.22 lin. m

NOTES

2

H D

L

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

6 8 48

152 203 1 219

Units /pallet

16 units

WALLS & PILLARS

Specifications per pallet

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall. See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

smoked pine

hazelnut brandy

sauvignon oak

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 129

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

129

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS- BOREALIS BOREALIS A.

BOREALIS DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

C. 24” (612 mm) MAX. D. GEOTEXTILE

WALLS & PILLARS

E.

COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Regular Regular block block

1. Alternate odd and even rows.

Module Module Creation1 Creation1 Cut Cut line line

Regular Regular block block

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

EVEN EVEN ROW ROW

ODD ODD ROW ROW

Corner Corner unit unit Regular Regular block block

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL EVEN ROW ROW EVEN Regular

Regular Regularblock block block

Module Creation 1

techo-bloc.com

ODD ROW ROW ODD

Corner Corner unit unit

Cut line

Even row Odd row

Regular block Module Creation 1

130

Cut line

Even row Odd row Corner unit

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 130

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Brandon 90 mm DESCRIPTION : Double-sided wall TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

20.44 ft

1.90 m2

2

Cubing

21.10 lin. m

1 823 lbs

827 kg

Minimum radius

7.5 ft

2.3 m

Number of rows

10

Coverage per row

2.04 ft2

0.19 m2

Linear coverage per row

6.92 lin. ft

2.11 lin. m

L2

T

H L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

COMPATIBLE CAPS

Length 1 Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 1⁄4 9 5⁄8

90 250 285 245

20 units

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄8 12 13⁄16

90 250 365 325

20 units

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 15⁄16 14 3⁄8

90 250 405 365

20 units

WALLS & PILLARS

69.23 lin. ft

Weight

See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

B

Height Depth

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 19.28 ft2.

Length 1 Length 2

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern 90 mm & 180 mm

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

onyx black

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

131

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 131

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Brandon 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Double-sided wall TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

20.44 ft

1.90 m2

2

WALLS & PILLARS

Cubing

34.61 lin. ft

10.55 lin. m

Weight

1 898 lbs

861 kg

Minimum radius

7.5 ft

2.3 m

Number of rows

5

Coverage per row

4.09 ft2

0.38 m2

Linear coverage per row

6.92 lin. ft

2.11 lin. m

L2 H

T

L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1

COMPATIBLE CAPS

Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 1⁄4 9 5⁄8

180 250 285 245

10 units

7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄8 12 13⁄16

180 250 365 325

10 units

7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 15⁄16 14 3⁄8

180 250 405 365

10 units

See page 101 for product compatibility.

B

NOTES

Height Depth

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 19.28 ft2. See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

01 | Linear pattern

02 | Linear pattern 90 mm & 180 mm

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

sandlewood

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

onyx black

132

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 132

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Brandon 90 & 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Pillars TEXTURE : Slate

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

40 units

40 units

Weight

1 638 lbs

743 kg

Number of rows

4

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

A

H L

D

Unit dimensions Height Length

T

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16

90 250 360

40 units WALLS & PILLARS

Depth

900 mm

COMPATIBLE CAPS Specifications per pallet PILLAR 180 mm

See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

20 units

20 units

Weight

1 694 lbs

768 kg

Number of rows

2

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

sandlewood

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

onyx black

900 mm

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16

180 250 360

20 units

techo-bloc.com

Specifications per pallet PILLAR 90 mm

PILLAR PALLET OVERVIEW

133

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 133

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BRANDON 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BRANDON 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND / GRAVEL (φ = 34°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 1

WALLS & PILLARS

Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 3

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

134

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 134

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BRANDON 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BRANDON 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND (φ = 30°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 4 Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

CASE NO 5 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 6

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

135

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 135

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BRANDON 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BRANDON 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SILT / LEAN CLAY (φ = 26°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 7

WALLS & PILLARS

Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

CASE NO 8 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 9

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

136

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 136

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

1-row pattern | Laying patterns The 1-row pattern provides three different combinations. Each combination is 10.38’ (3.165 m) long and 7 1⁄16’’ (180 mm) high. This pattern can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other patterns cannot be used.

WALLS & PILLARS

MODULE

BRANDON

A

B

C

67% of the surface - Brandon 90 mm

4

4

4

33% of the surface - Brandon 180 mm

1

1

1

techo-bloc.com

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

137

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 137

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

3-row pattern | Laying patterns

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE

BRANDON

A

B

C

67% of the surface - Brandon 90 mm

12

12

12

33% of the surface - Brandon 180 mm

3

3

3

techo-bloc.com

WALLS & PILLARS

The 3-row pattern is 10.38’ (3.165 m) long and 21 1⁄4’’ (540 mm) high. This pattern allows a continuous leveled surface every 21 1⁄4’’(540 mm), which corresponds to the recommended maximum spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Brandon wall. This pattern is recommended when using the geogrid.

138

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 138

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

4-row pattern | Laying patterns The 4-row pattern is 10.38’ (3.165 m) long and 28 3⁄8’’ (720 mm) high. This pattern should be used only where the geogrid is not required.

WALLS & PILLARS

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE

A

B

C

67% of the surface - Brandon 90 mm

16

16

16

33% of the surface - Brandon 180 mm

4

4

4

techo-bloc.com

BRANDON

139

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 139

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm BRANDON 90 mm & 180 mm A.

TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

BRANDON 90 mm AND 180 mm DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. CONNECTOR Module Module creation creation 2 2 DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. EMBEDMENT D.

E. 29 7⁄16’’ (750 mm) MAX. F. GEOTEXTILE

Regular block Regular block

G.

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6’’ (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

Cut line

Cut line

WALLS & PILLARS

Regular block Regular block

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

ODD ROWODD ROW

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows.

Module Module creationcreation 2 2

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. Regular block Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

Corner unit Corner unit

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit

Cut line

4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.

Module creation 1

Regular block

Module creation 2

ODD ROWODD ROW

Even row Odd row Cut line

Corner block cut to reveal texture

Cut line

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Even row

Corner unit

Odd row

Cut line

Cut line

techo-bloc.com

GENERAL NOTES 1. Alternate odd and even rows. creation 1 2. Stagger joints from one rowModule to the next.

Module creation 2

Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

Cut line

Module creation 3 Cut line

Textured sides

140

Textured sides

4. Cavities, grooves and connectors Cut areline not illustrated to avoid overloading the image. Even row

Module creation 4

Odd row Cut line

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 140

Textured sides

Module creation 5 Textured sides Cut line

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

STEPS

BRANDON 180 mm

For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

BRANDON 90 mm

141

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 141

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

WALLS & PILLARS

PILLARS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

BRANDON 180 mm

BRANDON 90 mm

techo-bloc.com

A.

PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. BRANDON 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

C.

C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.

BRANDON 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

D. 900 mm (35 7⁄16"), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

D.

900 mm (35 7⁄16"), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

E.

GEOTEXTILE

E.

GEOTEXTILE

F.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

142

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 142

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

PILLARS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

BRANDON 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION B

BRANDON 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION A A.

PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

BRANDON 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. BRANDON 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C.

BRANDON 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. BRANDON 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

D.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.

D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.

E.

900 mm (35 7⁄16"), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

E.

F.

GEOTEXTILE

F. GEOTEXTILE G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

900 mm (35 7⁄16"), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

143

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 143

2016-12-07 11:20 AM


Installation guide

GRILL ISLAND - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

TOP VIEW

ELEVATION A

ELEVATION B

techo-bloc.com

ELEVATION C

144

A.

YORK COUNTER TOP 24” × 36” × 2 1⁄4”

B.

BRANDON 90 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – LONG FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH UPPERCASE LETTER)

C.

BRANDON 90 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – SHORT FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH LOWERCASE LETTER)

D.

BRANDON 180 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – LONG FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH UPPERCASE LETTER)

E.

BRANDON 180 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – SHORT FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH LOWERCASE LETTER)

F.

BRANDON 90 MM PILLAR UNIT

G.

BRANDON 180 MM PILLAR UNIT

H.

BRANDON UNIT CUT ON FIELD

I.

CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 4350 PSI (30 MPA), 5” (125 MM) THICK

J.

4X4-4/4 (102X102-MW25.8XMW25.8) WELDED WIRE MESH AND/OR REBAR AS PER SITE CONDITIONS

K.

12’’ (300 MM) DIA. CONCRETE PILLAR, AS PER LOCAL CODE

L.

3/4” (20 MM) CLEAN STONE 6” (150 MM) THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS

M.

NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL

N. GEOTEXTILE

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 144

ELEVATION D

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - York Counter top 24” × 36” × 2 1⁄4”: 4 - Brandon 90 mm unit: 20 A , 20 B , 18 C - Brandon 180 mm unit: 10 A , 10 B , 9 C - Brandon 90 mm Pillar unit: 18 - Brandon 180 mm Pillar unit: 15 NOTE: Appliances and utilities may vary for each project and are not shown on this drawing. This drawing is shown for inspiration only and surplus or shortage of materials may result. It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required. Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the grill island comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


NEW

G-Force DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

32.00 ft

2.97 m2

2

Cubing

48 lin. ft

14.63 lin. m

Weight

2 526 lbs

1 146 kg

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

8.00 ft2

0.74 m2

Linear coverage per row

12.00 lin. ft

3.66 lin. m

H L1

COMPATIBLE CAPS

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

See page 101 for product compatibility.

in

mm

Units /pallet

8 11 7⁄16 18 8 5⁄8

203 290 457 219

32 units

WALLS & PILLARS

L2

T

NOTES See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

145

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 145

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


NEW

G-Force corner unit DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

16

16

Weight

1 753 lbs

795 kg

Number of rows

2

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions

in

mm

Units /pallet

Height

8 9 18

203 229 457

16 units

Depth

WALLS & PILLARS

Length

T COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

146

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 146

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide G-FORCE

WALLS & PILLARS

GRAVITY WALL DETAIL

REINFORCED WALL DETAIL

A.

CAP FROM TECHO-BLOC

J.

B.

G-FORCE BLOCK FROM TECHO-BLOC

K. GEOTEXTILE

C.

WALL INCLINATION (3.9°)

L.

PERFORATED DRAIN

D.

EXPOSED HEIGHT

M.

LEVELING PAD

E.

HDPE VERTICAL KEY

N.

FOUNDATION SOIL

F.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH

O.

GEOGRID

G.

TOP SOIL

P.

REINFORCED SOIL

H.

LOW PERMEABILITY SOIL

Q.

GEOGRID LENGTH

I.

3/4” (20 MM) CLEAN STONE

RETAINED SOIL

For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

STEPS - G-FORCE

147

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 147

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Graphix DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth & split face PALLET OVERVIEW 3-A

2-A

1-A

Specifications per pallet 4-A

WALLS & PILLARS

2

1

4

26.25 ft

2.44 m2

107.67 lin. ft

32.51 m lin.

Weight

2 773 lbs

1 258 kg

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

3.28 ft2

0.30 m2

Linear coverage per row

13.33 lin. ft

4.06 lin. m

H

T

L

D

1

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

2

Height Depth

NOTES

Length

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

3

Height Depth Length

4

Height Depth Length

1A

Height Depth Length

01 | Linear pattern

2A

Height Depth Length

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

3A

techo-bloc.com

Length

4A onyx black

Height Depth

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

greyed nickel

Metric 2

Cubing

3

Imperial

beige cream

Height Depth Length

mm

Units /pallet

15 16 1 16

in

2 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 20

75 230 508

8 units

2 15⁄16 10 1⁄16 20

75 255 508

8 units

2 15⁄16 11 20

75 280 508

8 units

2 15⁄16 8 1⁄16 20

75 205 508

split on one side

2 15⁄16 9 1⁄16 20

75 230 508

Left corner unit

2 15⁄16 10 1⁄16 20

75 255 508

Right corner unit

2 15⁄16 11 20

75 280 508

Left corner unit

2 15⁄16 8 1⁄16 20

75 205 508

8 units

8 units

8 units

8 units

8 units Right corner unit, split on one side

148

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 148

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - GRAPHIX GRAPHIX A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

Regular block

B.

GRAPHIX DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C.

CONNECTOR

D.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

ModuleE. 23 Creation11⁄2” (600 mm) MAX.

F.

Cut line

FOR THE FIRST ROW, ALWAYS USE THE DEEPER GRAPHIX BLOCK

G. GEOTEXTILE Regular block

H.

EVEN ROW

COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

WALLS & PILLARS

ODD ROW

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows.

Corner unit

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.

Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

EVEN ROW

4. Connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.

Regular block

ODD ROW

Corner unit

5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (1, 2, 3 or 4) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block (1A, 2A, 3A or 4A) must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row.

Regular block

Module Creation 1

6. At the corner, make sure to place the blocks so that the grooves of the block cannot be seen.

Cut line

Even row Odd row

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block Cut line

Even row Odd row Corner unit

* It is possible to alternate the blocks (1, 2, 3 or 4) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block and a cut corner block (1A, 2A, 3A or 4A) must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row.

techo-bloc.com

Module Creation 1

149

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 149

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

WALLS & PILLARS

PILLARS - GRAPHIX

GRAPHIX

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT B. GRAPHIX CORNER UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE PLACE CONNECTOR IN FRONT GROOVE C. USE THE BLOCKS 1A-3A FOR THE ODD ROWS D. USE THE BLOCKS 2A-4A FOR THE EVEN ROWS E. EMBEDMENT 150 mm DEPTH (6") MIN. F. 600 mm (23 5⁄8"), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1200 mm (47 ¼"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT G. GEOTEXTILE

techo-bloc.com

H. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

150

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 150

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Manchester DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Smooth and aged PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

FULL PALLET Cubing

Metric

90 units

90 units

29.10 ft

2.70 m2

88.58 lin. ft

27 lin. m

45 units

45 units

2

*HALF-PALLET 14.53 ft

1.35 m2

2

FULL PALLET

Weight

13.50 lin. m

2 760 lbs

1 252 kg

*DEMI-PALLET 1 398 lbs Number of rows

COMPATIBLE CAPS

FULL PALLET

634 kg

6

*HALF-PALLET 3

See page 101 for product compatibility.

Coverage per row

4.84 ft2

0.45 m2

NOTES

Linear coverage per row

14.76 lin. ft

4.5 lin. m

* Colors only available in half-pallets.

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Length

in

mm

3 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 11 13⁄16

100 200 300

WALLS & PILLARS

T

44.29 lin. ft

Units /pallet

90 units

01 | Linear pattern

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

chocolate brown *

onyx black*

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

151

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 151

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - MANCHESTER MANCHESTER A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE B.

MANCHESTER DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

D. 21 9⁄16’’ (550 mm) MAX. FOR BLOCK DEPTH OF 7 7⁄8’’ (200 mm)

WALLS & PILLARS

D. 29 7⁄16’’ (750 mm) MAX. FOR BLOCK DEPTH OF 11 13⁄16’’ (300 mm) E.

GEOTEXTILE

F.

COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6’’ (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.

techo-bloc.com

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

152

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 152

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide PILLARS - MANCHESTER

500 mm (19 11/16")

WALLS & PILLARS

900 mm (32")

MANCHESTER PILLAR A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE) B. MANCHESTER UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. EMBEDMENT 6" (150 mm) MIN. D. 35 7⁄16" (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 1⁄4" (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT E. GEOTEXTILE

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

153

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 153

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Mini-Creta 3” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Aged with chiseled corners PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET Cubing

WALLS & PILLARS

*HALF-PALLET

Minimum radius

CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873

24 ft

2.23 m2

95.01 lin. ft

28.96 lin. m

*HALF-PALLET 12 ft

Weight PATENT

Metric

2

1.11 m2

2

FULL PALLET

T

Imperial

Number of rows

FULL PALLET

47.51 lin. ft

14.48 lin. m

2 486 lbs

1 128 kg

1 248 lbs

566 kg

7 ft

2.1 m

8

*HALF-PALLET 4

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

Coverage per row

3 ft2

0.28 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.88 lin. ft

3.62 lin. m

NOTES

L2

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 21.76 ft2.

H L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1

B*

unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit.

Length 2

B

Height

* Colors only available in half-pallets.

Depth Length 1

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Length 2

B*

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

01 | Linear pattern

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

D

Height Depth Length 1

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16

75 250 230 180

32 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16

75 250 300 250

24 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

75 250 300 300

8 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16

75 250 375 325

16 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4

75 250 375 350

16 units 8 right corners 8 left corners

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

chocolate brown *

onyx black *

154

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 154

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Mini-Creta 6” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Aged with chiseled corners PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

30 ft

2.79 m2

2

Cubing

18.10 lin. m

3 192 lbs

1 448 kg

Minimum radius

7 ft

2.1 m

Number of row

5

Coverage per row

6 ft2

0.56 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.88 lin. ft

3.62 lin. m

CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873

L2 H L1

COMPATIBLE CAPS

D

A

Height Depth Length 1

See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

Unit dimensions

Length 2

B

Height

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 27.21 ft2.

B* unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit

Depth Length 1 Length 2

B*

Height

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

01 | Linear pattern

in

mm

Units /pallet

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16

150 250 230 180

20 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16

150 250 300 250

15 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

150 250 300 300

5 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16

150 250 375 325

10 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4

150 250 375 350

WALLS & PILLARS

T

PATENT

59.38 lin. ft

Weight

02 | Linear pattern

D

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

10 units 5 right corners 5 left corners

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

155

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 155

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Mini-Creta 3”Architectural DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face with straight edged corners PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET

FULL PALLET

*HALF-PALLET

WALLS & PILLARS

Minimum radius Number of rows

CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873

24 ft

2.23 m2

FULL PALLET

1.11 m2

47.51 lin. ft

14.48 lin. m

2 465 lbs

1 118 kg

1 257 lbs

570 kg

7 ft

2.1 m

8

*HALF-PALLET 4

COMPATIBLE CAPS

Coverage per row

3 ft2

0.28 m2

See page 101 for product compatibility.

Linear coverage per row

11.88 lin. ft

3.62 lin. m

L2

NOTES

H

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 21.76 ft2.

B* unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit.

L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

B

Height Depth

* Colors only available in half-pallets.

Length 1 Length 2

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

B*

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

D

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

techo-bloc.com

28.96 lin. m

*HALF-PALLET 12 ft2

Weight

T

Metric

2

95.01 lin. ft

Cubing

PATENT

Imperial

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

chocolate brown *

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16

75 250 230 180

32 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16

75 250 300 250

24 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

75 250 300 300

8 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16

75 250 375 325

16 units

2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4

75 250 375 350

16 units 8 right corners 8 left corners

onyx black *

156

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 156

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Mini-Creta 6”Architectural DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face with straight edged corners

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

30 ft

2.79 m2

2

Cubing

18.10 lin. m

3 199lbs

1 457 kg

Minimum radius

7 ft

2.1 m

Number of row

5

Coverage per row

6 ft2

0.56 m2

Linear coverage per row

11.88 lin. ft

3.62 lin. m

CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873

L2 H L1

COMPATIBLE CAPS

Height Depth Length 2

B

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 27.21 ft2.

B* unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit.

Unit dimensions

Length 1

See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

D

A

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

B*

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

D

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

in

mm

Units /pallet

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16

150 250 230 180

20 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16

150 250 300 250

15 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16

150 250 300 300

5 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16

150 250 375 325

10 units

5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4

150 250 375 350

WALLS & PILLARS

T

PATENT

59.38 lin. ft

Weight

10 units 5 right corners 5 left corners

techo-bloc.com

PALLET OVERVIEW

157

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 157

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Pillar 24”Mini-Creta DESCRIPTION : Pillar TEXTURE : Aged with chiseled corners PALLET OVERVIEW

PILLAR 24"×3"

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Weight

1 537 lbs

697 kg

Number of rows

6

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

A

H L

D

Unit dimensions Height Length

Specifications per pallet

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

mm

75 203 406

Units /pallet

48 units

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 510 lbs

685 kg

Number of rows

3

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information. H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

techo-bloc.com

in

2 15⁄16 8 16

T PILLAR 24"×6"

WALLS & PILLARS

Depth

900 mm

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

900 mm in

mm

5 7⁄8 8 16

150 203 406

Units /pallet

24 units

autumn red

158

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 158

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Pillar 24”Mini-Creta Architectural DESCRIPTION : Pillar TEXTURE : Split face with straight edged corners PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 510 lbs

685 kg

Pillar height

35 7⁄16

900 mm

Number of rows

3

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

mm

150 203 406

Units /pallet

24 units WALLS & PILLARS

Length

in

5 7⁄8 8 16

NOTES

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

159

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 159

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - MINI-CRETA 6” EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE MINI-CRETA 3" The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND / GRAVEL (φ = 34°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (5°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil soilzone zone soil zone

Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (5°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced

soil zone Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soilzone zone soil zone Reinforced soil soil zone

Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 3 Inclined wall (5°) Slope 1V:3H

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone

160

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 160

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - MINI-CRETA 6” EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE MINI-CRETA 3" The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND (φ = 30°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 4 Inclined wall (5°) No surcharge Reinforced soil zone

soil zone

Reinforced soil Reinforced zone

soil zone

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced

Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 5 Inclined wall (5°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced

soil zone

Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 6 Inclined wall (5°) Slope 1V:3H

soil zone

Reinforced soil Reinforced zone

soil zone

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced

161

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 161

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART- MINI-CRETA 6” EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE MINI-CRETA 3" The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SILT / LEAN CLAY (φ = 26°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 7 Inclined wall (5°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zonesoil zone

CASE NO 8 Inclined wall (5°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 9 Inclined wall (5°) Slope 1V:3H

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone

Reinforced soil zone

162

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 162

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


2,7 m (8,9’)

Installation guide ⁄8"

7

RETAINING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”

1-row pattern | Laying patterns The 1-row pattern provides five different combinations. Each combination is 8.9' (2.7 m) long and 5 7⁄8" (150 mm) high. This pattern can be used to lay the last course of units or when the other models cannot be used.

8.9' (2.7 m)

5 7/8" (150 mm)

WALLS & PILLARS

MODULE

MINI-CRETA

A

B OR B*

67% of the surface - Mini-Creta 3"

4 4 4

33% of the surface - Mini-Creta 6"

1 1 1

C OR D

techo-bloc.com

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

163

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 163

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”

3-row pattern | Laying patterns The 3-row pattern provides four different combinations. Each combination is 8.9' (2.7 m) long and 1711⁄16" (450 mm) high. This pattern gives a leveled surface every 17 11⁄16" (450 mm), which is the recommended spacing between two layers of geogrid in a Mini-Creta wall. This pattern is recommended when using geogrid.

8.9' (2.7 m)

17 11⁄16" (450 mm)

WALLS & PILLARS

2,7 m (8.9')

Geogrids

(when applicable)

MODULE

MINI-CRETA

A

B OR B*

78% of the surface - Mini-Creta 3"

14 14 14

22% of the surface - Mini-Creta 6"

2 2 2

C OR D

6" = 22% 3" = 78%

techo-bloc.com

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

164

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 164

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”

5-row pattern | Laying patterns The 5-row pattern provides three different combinations. Each combination is 8.9' (2.7 m) long and 29 1⁄2" (750 mm) high. This pattern should only be used when geogrid is not required. 8.9' (2.7 m)

29 1⁄2" (750 mm)

WALLS & PILLARS

MODULE

MINI-CRETA

A

B OR B*

73% of the surface - Mini-Creta 3"

22 22 22

27% of the surface - Mini-Creta 6"

4 4 4

C OR D

techo-bloc.com

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

165

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 165

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” MINI-CRETA 3” & 6” A.

TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. CONNECTOR D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. E. 29 7⁄16” (750 mm) MAX. F. GEOTEXTILE

WALLS & PILLARS

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation Module creation 2 2

The corner block must be cut to reveal the texture 1. Alternate odd and even rows.

Regular block Regular block

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.

Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture

ODD ROWODD ROW

5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Module creation 2 Module creation 2

Regular block Regular block

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Corner unit Corner unit

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Cut line

Module creation 1

Regular block

Module creation 2

Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit

Even row

techo-bloc.com

ODD ROWODD ROW Odd row

Corner block cut to reveal texture

Cut line

Cut line

* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Regular block

Module creation 1

166

Module creation 2

Even row

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 166

Corner unit

Odd row

Cut line

Cut line

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”

Variable Variable

Cap Cap

Cap Cap

WALLS & PILLARS

Variable Variable

Connector Connector It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

7" block EscalaEscala 7" block

3.5" block EscalaEscala 3.5" block

STEPS

MINI-CRETA 3"

MINI-CRETA 6" Variable Variable

Variable Variable Cap Cap

Cap Cap

Mini-Creta 3" block Mini-Creta 3" block

Mini-Creta 6" block Mini-Creta 6" block

Connector Connector

Variable Variable

Variable Variable

Connector Connector

Quarry Quarry StoneStone 200block mm block 200 mm

techo-bloc.com

For all possibleCap combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table Cap Capon 101. Cap

167 Quarry Quarry StoneStone 100block mm block 100 mm

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 167

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

GRILL ISLAND 6 FT - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” NOTE:

WALLS & PILLARS

When installing the built-in grill, refer to the manufacturer’s instruction guide for all specifications and requirements for natural gas or propane tank location, installation and ventilation.

ELEVATION A

A.

YORK COUNTER TOP 24” × 36” × 2 1⁄4”

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED

B.

MINI-CRETA 3’’ UNIT (A, B, B*, C, OR D)

- York Counter top 24" × 36" × 2 1⁄4”: 4

C.

MINI-CRETA 6’’ UNIT (A, B, B*, C, OR D)

- Mini-Creta 3’’ unit: 32 A , 24 B , 8 B* , 14 C , 10 D

D. PILLAR 24” × 36” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT

techo-bloc.com

ELEVATION B

E.

PILLAR 24” × 36” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT (CUT ON FIELD)

F.

CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 4350 PSI (30 MPA), 5” (125 MM) THICK

G.

4X4-4/4 (102X102-MW25.8XMW25.8) WELDED WIRE MESH AND/OR REBAR AS PER SITE CONDITIONS

H.

12’’ (300 MM) DIA. CONCRETE PILLAR, AS PER LOCAL CODE

I.

⁄4” (20 MM) CLEAN STONE 6” (150 MM) THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS

J.

NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL

3

K. GEOTEXTILE

- Mini-Creta 6’’ unit: 6 A , 6 B , 2 B* , 6 C , 6 D - Pillar 24” × 6” (Mini-Creta) unit: 28 NOTE: Appliances and utilities may vary for each project and are not shown on this drawing. This drawing is shown for inspiration only and surplus or shortage of materials may result. It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required. Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the grill island comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.

168

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 168

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide PILLARS- MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”

610 mm (24")

610 mm (24")

MINI-CRETA

PILLAR 24"×6" MINI-CRETA

A.

PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

B.

PILLAR 24" × 3" (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. PILLAR 24" × 6" (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C.

EMBEDMENT 6" (150 mm) MIN.

C. EMBEDMENT 6" (150 mm) MIN.

D.

35 ⁄ " (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 ⁄ " (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

D. 35 7⁄16" (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 1⁄4" (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

7 16 1 4

E. GEOTEXTILE

E. GEOTEXTILE

F.

F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

PILLAR 24"×3"

WALLS & PILLARS

910 mm (36")

910 mm (36")

169

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 169

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

techo-bloc.com

WALLS & PILLARS

PILLARS- MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”

610 mm (24")

610 mm (24")

910 mm (36")

910 mm (36")

PILLAR 24”×3” & 24”×6” MINI-CRETA - OPTION A

PILLAR 24”×3” & 24”×6” MINI-CRETA - OPTION B

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

B. PILLAR 24” × 6” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. PILLAR 24” × 3” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. PILLAR 24” × 3” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. PILLAR 24” × 6” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

D. EMBEDMENT 6” (150 mm) MIN.

D. EMBEDMENT 6” (150 mm) MIN.

E. 35 7⁄16” (900 mm) 47 1⁄4” (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

E. 35 7⁄16” (900 mm) 47 1⁄4” (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

F. GEOTEXTILE

F. GEOTEXTILE

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

170

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 170

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Prescott 2.25” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

27 ft

2.51 m2

2

Cubing

43.89 lin. m

2 661 lbs

1 207 kg

Minimum radius

5.2 ft

1.6 m

Number of rows

12

Coverage per row

2.25 ft2

0.21 m2

Linear coverage per row

12 lin. ft

3.66 lin. m

S COMPATIBLE CAPS

L2 H

See page 101 for product compatibility.

L1

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length 1

NOTES

Length 2

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 25.23 ft2. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

B

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.

Length 1 Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 9 7 7⁄16

57 250 229 189

36 units

2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 12 10 7⁄16

57 250 305 265

72 units

2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 15 13 7⁄16

57 250 381 341

36 units

WALLS & PILLARS

144 lin. ft

Weight

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

victoria

riviera

rock garden brown

02 | Linear pattern

coral sands

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

techo-bloc.com

01 | Linear pattern

171

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 171

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Prescott 4.5” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

27 ft

2.51 m2

2

Cubing

72 lin. ft

21.95 lin. m

Weight

2 728 lbs

1 237 kg

Minimum radius

5.2 ft

1.6 m

Number of rows

6

Coverage per row

4.50 ft2

0.42 m2

Linear coverage per row

12 lin. ft

3.66 lin. m

WALLS & PILLARS

S COMPATIBLE CAPS

L2 H

See page 101 for product compatibility.

L1

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length 1

NOTES

Length 2

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 25.23 ft2. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

B

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C

Height Depth

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.

Length 1 Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 9 7 7⁄16

114 250 229 189

18 units

4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 12 10 7⁄16

114 250 305 265

36 units

4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 15 13 7⁄16

114 250 381 341

18 units

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

techo-bloc.com

01 | Linear pattern victoria

172

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 172

riviera

rock garden brown

coral sands

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Prescott DESCRIPTION : Corners and pillars TEXTURE : Natural stone PALLET OVERVIEW

2.25"

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

72 units

72 units

Weight

1 789 lbs

811 kg

Number of rows

8

Pillar height

40 1⁄2"

H L

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

See page 101 for product compatibility.

4.5"

Specifications per pallet

COMPATIBLE CAPS

NOTES * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

mm

Units /pallet

57 250 360

72 units

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

36 units

36 units

Weight

1 871 lbs

849 kg

Number of rows

4

Pillar height

40 1⁄2"

H L

in

2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

WALLS & PILLARS

S

1 029 mm

1 029 mm in

mm

Units /pallet

4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16

114 250 360

36 units

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.

victoria

riviera

rock garden brown

coral sands

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 173

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

173

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”

1-row pattern | Laying patterns

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED MODULE PRESCOTT

A B C

50% of the surface - Prescott 2.25"

2 4 2

50% of the surface - Prescott 4.5"

1 2 1

techo-bloc.com

WALLS & PILLARS

The single row model shows two examples of combination. Each combination is 2.438 m (8") long and 114 mm (4 1⁄2") high. This model can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other models cannot be used.

174

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 174

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”

4-row pattern | Laying patterns The 4-row model is 1,83 m (6') long and 457 mm (18") high. This model allows for a graded area at every 457 mm (18"), which corresponds to the recommended spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Prescott wall. This model is recommended when using geogrid.

Geogrids

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED MODULE A B C

67% of the surface - Prescott 2.25"

8 16 8

33% of the surface - Prescott 4.5"

2 4 2

techo-bloc.com

PRESCOTT

WALLS & PILLARS

(when applicable)

175

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 175

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”

6-row pattern | Laying patterns

WALLS & PILLARS

The 6-row model shows two combination examples. This combination is 1.829 m (6') long and 686 mm (27") high. This model should only be used where geogrid is not required.

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED MODULE A B C

67% of the surface - Prescott 2.25"

12 24 12

33% of the surface - Prescott 4.5"

3 6 3

techo-bloc.com

PRESCOTT

176

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 176

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT, SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE B. PRESCOTT 2.25” AND 4.5” DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR Module creation creation 2 2 DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. D.Module EMBEDMENT

E.

25 1⁄2’’ (650 mm) MAX.

F. GEOTEXTILE

Regular block Regular block

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

WALLS & PILLARS

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

ODD ROWODD ROW

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module Module creationcreation 2 2

Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Module creation 1

Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit

Regular block

ODD ROWODD ROW

Cut line

Module creation 2

Even row Odd row Cut line

Corner block cut to reveal texture

Cut line

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Even row Odd row

Cut line

Cut line

GENERAL NOTES 1. Alternate odd and even rows. Module creation 1

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.

Module creation 2 Cut line

Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

Module creation 3 Cut line

Textured sides

Textured sides

4. Cavities, grooves and connectors Cut areline not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.creation 5 Module Even row

Module creation 4

Odd row Cut line

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 177

Textured sides

Textured sides

techo-bloc.com

Corner unit

177

Cut line

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Connector

Baltimore 180 mm

Installation guide

Baltimore 90 mm

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”

Variable

Variable

Cap

Cap

Connector It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

Raffinato 180 mm

Raffinato 90 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

STEPS

Variable

Cap

Connector

Prescott 2.25"

techo-bloc.com

For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

178

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 178

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

PILLARS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”

WALLS & PILLARS

PRESCOTT 4.5”

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

B. PRESCOTT 2.25” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. PRESCOTT 4.5” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

D. 40 ⁄2” (1 029 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT

D. 40 1⁄2” (1 029 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT

E. GEOTEXTILE

E. GEOTEXTILE

F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

1

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

PRESCOTT 2.25”

179

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 179

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Installation guide

WALLS & PILLARS

PILLARS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”

techo-bloc.com

PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” OPTION A

PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” OPTION B

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)

B. PRESCOTT 2.25” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. PRESCOTT 2.25” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. PRESCOTT 4.5” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. PRESCOTT 4.5” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

E. 40 1⁄2” (1 029 mm) 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT

E. 40 1⁄2” (1 029 mm) 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT

F. GEOTEXTILE

F. GEOTEXTILE

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

180

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 180

2016-12-07 11:21 AM


Raffinato 90 mm & 180 mm PALLET OVERVIEW - 90 mm

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

90 mm

DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Polished

23.08 ft

2.14 m2

Cubing

78.15 lin ft

23.82 lin m

Weight

1 948 lbs

884 kg

Minimum radius

8.5 ft

2.6 m

Number of rows

3

Coverage per row

7.69 ft2

0.71 m2

Linear coverage per row

26.05 lin ft

7.94 lin m

L2 H L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1

60 units

Imperial

23.08 ft

2.14 m2

39.07 lin ft

11.91 lin m

COMPATIBLE CAPS

Cubing Weight

1 936 lbs

878 kg

Minimum radius

8.5 ft

2.6 m

Number of rows

3

Coverage per row

7.69 ft2

0.71 m2

Linear coverage per row

13.02 lin ft

3.97 lin m

L2 H L1

Metric 2

See page 101 for product compatibility.

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 22.06 ft2.

Units /pallet

90 248 397 362

Specifications per pallet

T

NOTES

mm

180 mm

Length 2

in

3 9⁄16 9 3⁄4 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

WALLS & PILLARS

PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4

180 248 397 362

30 units

1 16 3 4

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

onyx black

greyed nickel

02 | Linear pattern

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

01 | Linear pattern

181 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 181

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Raffinato 90 mm & 180 mm Specifications per pallet

Imperial

24.61 ft

2.29 m2

Cubing

83.36 lin. ft

25.41 lin. m

Weight

2 060 lbs

934 kg

Minimum radius

8.5 ft

2.6 m

Number of rows

8

Coverage per row

3.08 ft2

0.29 m2

Linear coverage per row

10.42 lin. ft

3.18 lin. m

L2 H L1

T

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 23.53 ft2.

Units /pallet

90 249 397 362

64 units

24.61 ft

2.29 m2

41.68 lin. ft

12.70 lin. m

L1

Metric 2

Cubing Weight

2 071 lbs

939 kg

Minimum radius

8.5 ft

2.6 m

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

6.15 ft2

0.57 m2

Linear coverage per row

10.42 lin. ft

3.18 lin. m

H D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

techo-bloc.com

mm

Imperial

L2

greyed nickel

in

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4

Specifications per pallet

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

onyx black

Metric 2

180 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

PALLET OVERVIEW 90 mm & 180 mm

90 mm

DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4

180 249 397 362

32 units

1 16 13 16

beige cream

182

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 182

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Raffinato 90 & 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Pillars, corners and edges TEXTURE : Polished

Specifications per pallet 90 mm

PALLET OVERVIEW - 90 mm

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

40 units

40 units

Weight

1 559 lbs

707 kg

Number of rows

2

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

180 mm

Specifications per pallet

Units /pallet

90 248 357

40 units

Metric

Cubing

20 units

20 units

Weight

1 557 lbs

706 kg

Number of rows

2

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

mm

Imperial

H L

in

3 9⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16

Length

WALLS & PILLARS

PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm

900 mm

900 mm in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16

180 248 357

20 units

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

POLISHED

183

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 183

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Raffinato 90 & 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Pillars, corners and edges TEXTURE : smooth

Specifications per pallet 90 mm

PALLET OVERVIEW - 90 mm

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Weight

1 548 lbs

702 kg

Number of rows

2

Pillar height

42 1⁄2"

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height

PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm

Length

Specifications per pallet 180 mm

WALLS & PILLARS

Depth

mm

Units /pallet

90 249 359

48 units

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 529 lbs

694 kg

Number of rows

2

Pillar height

42 1⁄2"

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

T

in

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8

Imperial

H L

1 080 mm

1 080 mm in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8

180 249 359

24 units

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

184

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 184

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - RAFFINATO 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE RAFFINATO 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND / GRAVEL (φ = 34°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 3

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

185

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 185

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - RAFFINATO 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE RAFFINATO 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND (φ = 30°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 4

WALLS & PILLARS

Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

CASE NO 5 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 6

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

186

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 186

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - RAFFINATO 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE RAFFINATO 90 mm The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SILT / LEAN CLAY (φ = 26°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 7 Inclined wall (4.4°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

CASE NO 8 Inclined wall (4.4°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

CASE NO 9

techo-bloc.com

Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope 1V:3H

187

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 187

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM

1-row pattern | Laying patterns

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE

RAFFINATO

A

50 % of the surface - Raffinato 90 mm

6

50 % of the surface - Raffinato 180 mm

3

techo-bloc.com

WALLS & PILLARS

The single row model shows two examples combination. Each combination is 2.4 m (7.87") long and 180 mm (7 1â „16") high. This model can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other models cannot be used.

188

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 188

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM

3-row pattern | Laying patterns The 3-row model is 2.4 m (7.87') long and 540 mm (21 1⁄4") high. This model allows for a graded area at every 540 mm (21 1⁄4"), which corresponds to the recommended spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Raffinato wall. This model is recommended when using geogrid.

Geogrids

(when applicable)

MODULE A

67 % of the surface - Raffinato 90 mm

24

33 % of the surface - Raffinato 180 mm

6

techo-bloc.com

RAFFINATO

WALLS & PILLARS

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

189

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 189

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM

4-row pattern | Laying patterns

WALLS & PILLARS

The 4-row model shows two combination examples. This combination is 2.4 m (7,87') long and 720 mm (28 3â „8") high. This model should only be used where geogrid is not required.

NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED

MODULE A

67 % of the surface - Raffinato 90 mm

32

33 % of the surface - Raffinato 180 mm

8

techo-bloc.com

RAFFINATO

190

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 190

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM RAFFINATO 90 mm & 180 mm A.

TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

RAFFINATO 90 mm AND 180 mm DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. CONNECTOR Module Module creation creation 2 2 DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. D. EMBEDMENT

E. 29 7⁄16” (750 mm) MAX. F. GEOTEXTILE

Regular block Regular block

G.

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

Cut line

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS

WALLS & PILLARS

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

ODD ROWODD ROW

Module Module creationcreation 2 2

Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

Module creation 1

Regular block

Corner unit Corner unit

Cut line

Module creation 2

ODD ROWODD ROW

Even row Odd row Cut line

Corner block cut to reveal texture

Cut line It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Even row

Corner unit

Odd row

Cut line

Cut line

1. Alternate odd and even rows. Module creation 1

2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.

Module creation 2 Cut line

Regular block

3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

Module creation 3 Cut line

Textured sides

Textured sides

Cut line Module 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.creation 5 Module creation 4 Even row

Textured sides

Odd row Cut line

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 191

Textured sides

techo-bloc.com

GENERAL NOTES

191

Cut line

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

WALLS & PILLARS

PILLARS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM

RAFFINATO 180 mm

RAFFINATO 90 mm A. STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE

A.

STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. RAFFINATO 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

RAFFINATO 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.

C.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.

D. 900 mm (35 7⁄16”), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

D.

900 mm (35 7⁄16”), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

E.

E.

GEOTEXTILE

F.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

GEOTEXTILE

techo-bloc.com

F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

192

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 192

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

PILLARS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM

WALLS & PILLARS

RAFFINATO 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION B

RAFFINATO 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION A STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE Variable

A.

STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE Variable

B.

RAFFINATO 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B.

RAFFINATO 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C.

RAFFINATO 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

C.

RAFFINATO 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

D.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.

D.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.

E.

900 mm (35 ⁄16”), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

E.

900 mm (35 7⁄16”), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT

90 mm F.Baltimore GEOTEXTILE

F.

GEOTEXTILE

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

A.

Cap

Connector

7

Variable

Cap

Baltimore 180 mm

Baltimor

STEPS Variable

Cap

Variable

techo-bloc.com

Connector

Raffinato 90 mm

Raffinato 180 mm

For all possible combinations of walls, pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

Variable

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 193

Variable

Cap

Raffinato

193

Cap 2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Röcka DESCRIPTION : Wall & edge double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone) PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 1

WALLS & PILLARS

PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 2

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

19.88 ft

1.85 m2

Weight

1 860 lbs

844 kg

Number of rows

3

Coverage per row

6.63 ft2

0.62 m2

Coverage per unit

A

0.55 ft

0.05 m2

B

1.10 ft2

0.10 m2

B

1.66 ft2

0.15 m2

D2 H L

D1

2

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth 1 Depth 2

PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 3

Length

B

Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length

C

S

Height Depth 1 Depth 2

NOTES

Length

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

Metric 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

6 7 3⁄4 8 13 1⁄4

152 197 203 337

8 units

6 7 3⁄4 8 26 1⁄2

152 197 203 673

8 units

6 7 3⁄4 8 39 3⁄4

152 197 203 1 010

4 units

Röcka step

Techo-Bloc precast concrete paver/Slab

Sand Joint fill

Geotextile 12" (300 mm) Wide Röcka Wall

Sand setting bed (Concrete sand) 1" (25 mm)

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

Existing Structure Compacted granular base 0-3/4" (0-20 mm)

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.

Geotextile Subgrade

techo-bloc.com

01 | Linear pattern riviera

194

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 194

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - RÖCKA RÖCKA A. RÖCKA DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

C.

24” (612 mm) MAX.

D.

GEOTEXTILE

E.

COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

WALLS & PILLARS

Regular block

B.

Module Creation 1

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL

Cut line

1. Alternate odd and even rows Even row Odd row

2. Stagger vertical joints by at least ¼ of the length of the block. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.

Regular EVEN ROW block

Module Creation 1

4. Cut It isline possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns.

ODD ROW

Even row Odd row Corner unit

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL

Even row

* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a minimum distance of ¼ the length of the block is required between the vertical joints.

techo-bloc.com

Odd row

195

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 195

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Semma DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Weight Weight by unit

B

COMPATIBLE CAPS

The corner unit can be used as a right or left corner unit and as a regular unit. Metric measures are approximate.

53.33 lin. ft

16.26 lin. m

2 363 lbs

1 072 kg

CORNER

57 lbs

25.90 kg

63.50 lbs

28.80 kg

5.25 ft2

0.49 m2

Linear coverage per row

10.67 lin. ft

3.25 lin. m

L2 H D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

REGULAR

The corner units for the Semma block should be glued with a concrete adhesive.

2.44 m2

5

L1

When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 21.74 ft2.

26.25 ft

Coverage per row

See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

40 units

Number of rows

Length 1 Length 2

B

Height

CORNER

WALLS & PILLARS

REGULAR

A

PATENT

CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873

40 units 2

Cubing

T

Metric

Depth Length 1 Length 2

in

mm

5 7⁄8 11 16 10 1⁄2

150 279 406 266

Units /pallet

30 units

5 7⁄8 11 16 10 1⁄2

150 279 406 266

10 units

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

chestnut brown

196

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 196

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Semma DESCRIPTION : Corner or Pillar TEXTURE : Split face PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 403 lbs

636 kg

Number of rows

4

Pillar height

35 7⁄16"

H L

D

A-B

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T COMPATIBLE CAP See page 101 for product compatibility.

in

mm

Units /pallet

5 7⁄8 10 1⁄2 16

150 266 407

12 right corners

24 units 12 left corners

WALLS & PILLARS

Length

900 mm

NOTES See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

197

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 197

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART- SEMMA The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND / GRAVEL (φ = 34°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (7.6°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soilzone zone Reinforced soil Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone

CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (7.6°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone soilzone zone soil

CASE NO 3 Inclined wall (7.6°) Slope 1V:3H

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced soilzone zone soil

198

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 198

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - SEMMA The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND (φ = 30°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 4 Inclined wall (7.6°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone soil soilzone zone

CASE NO 5 Inclined wall (7.6°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone

CASE NO 6 Inclined wall (7.6°) Slope 1V:3H

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil soilzone zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone

199

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 199

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - SEMMA The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SILT / LEAN CLAY (φ = 26°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 7 Inclined wall (7.6°) No surcharge

Reinforced

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced Reinforcedsoil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil soilzone zone soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 8 Inclined wall (7.6°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone

soilzone zone soil Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 9 Inclined wall (7.6°) Slope 1V:3H

Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone

techo-bloc.com

soilzone zone soil

200

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 200

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - SEMMA SEMMA A.

TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE

B. SEMMA DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR D.

EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.

Module Module creationcreation 2 72

E.

29 ⁄16” (750 mm) MAX.

F. GEOTEXTILE Regular block Regular block

G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

EVEN ROW EVEN ROW

Cut line

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation 1

Regular block

DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS

WALLS & PILLARS

Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture

ODD ROWODD ROW

Module creation 2

Module Module creationcreation 2 2

Even row

Module creation 1

Odd row Regular block

Module creation 2

Cut line

CornerRegular block cut block Regular block to reveal Even rowtexture

Cut line

Odd row

Corner unit Corner unit

Cut line

Corner block cut EVEN ROW EVEN ROW to reveal texture

Regular block

Cut line

Cut line

Cut line

Regular block Regular block

Corner unit Corner unit

ODD ROWODD ROW Regular block Even row

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Cut line

Odd row

Corner unit

Cut line

It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

Even row Cut line

Odd row

Corner unit

Cut line

DOUBLE-SIDED Module WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT ModuleWALL creation 3 creation 1 Module creation 2 Module creation 1 Regular block

Even row

Cut line

Module creationTextured 2 sides Cut line

Module creation 4

Cut line

Cut line Module

Textured sides

Module creation 3 Cut line

Textured sides

Odd row Even row

Cut line

Module

Textured creationsides 5 Textured sides

creation Textured 4

Module creationCut 5 line

Textured sides

Cut line

sides

Textured sides

Odd row Cut line

Regular block

Regular block

Even row Odd row

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Module creation 1

Module creation 2

Cut line

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 201

Cut line

1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.

Cut line

Even row Odd row

GENERAL NOTES

techo-bloc.com

Cut line

Regular block

201 Cut line

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide PILLARS - SEMMA

WALLS & PILLARS

673 mm (26 1/2")

975 mm (38 1/2")

SEMMA A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE) B. SEMMA PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. EMBEDMENT 6” (150 mm) MIN. D. 35 7⁄16” (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 1⁄4” (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT E. GEOTEXTILE F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

techo-bloc.com

STEPS

For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

202

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 202

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Suprema DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Split face PALLET OVERVIEW

SPLIT FACE & SCULPTED

Specifications per pallet

COMPATIBLE CAPS

24 ft

2.23 m2

36 lin. ft

10.97 lin. m

Weight split face

2 583 lbs

1 172 kg

Minimum radius

6 ft

1.82 m

Number of rows

3

Coverage per row

8 ft2

0.74 m2

Linear coverage per row

12 lin. ft

3.66 lin. m

H L

Metric

2

D

A

Unit dimensions

in

mm

Units /pallet

Height

8 12 18

203 305 457

21 units

8 12 18

203 305 457

3 units

Depth

See page 101 for product compatibility.

Length

NOTES The corners for Suprema have no grooves to accommodate the inserts and must therefore be glued with a concrete adhesive.

B

Height Depth Length

WALLS & PILLARS

T

Cubing

Imperial

The corners can be used as right or left corner units or as a regular unit.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

203

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 203

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - SUPREMA The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND/GRAVEL (φ = 34°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (4.5°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil Reinforced zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone

CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.5°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil Reinforced zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone

CASE NO 3 Inclined wall (4.5°) Slope 1V:3H

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil Reinforced zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone

204

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 204

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART- SUPREMA The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SAND (φ = 30°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 4 Inclined wall (4.5°) No surcharge

WALLS & PILLARS

ReinforcedReinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone

CASE NO 5 Inclined wall (4.5°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone

CASE NO 6 Inclined wall (4.5°) Slope 1V:3H

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone soil zone Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone

205

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 205

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - SUPREMA The information contained in this publication is provided for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on 105. REINFORCED SOIL TYPE: SILT / LEAN CLAY (φ = 26°, γ = 120 PCF)

CASE NO 7 Inclined wall (4.5°) No surcharge

Reinforced soil zone

WALLS & PILLARS

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zoneReinforced

soil zone

CASE NO 8 Inclined wall (4.5°) 250 psf surcharge (12 kPa)

Reinforced Reinforced Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone

soil zone Reinforced soil zone

CASE NO 9 Inclined wall (4.5°) Slope 1V:3H

techo-bloc.com

Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone soil zone Reinforced

soil zone Reinforced soil zone Reinforced soil zone

206

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 206

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide STEPS - SUPREMA

techo-bloc.com

WALLS & PILLARS

For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on 101.

207

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 207

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


NEW

Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Double-sided wall TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW

WALLS & PILLARS

S

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

31.75 ft /pal

2.95 m2 /pal

63.5 lin. ft /pal

19.36 lin. m /pal

Weight

2 850 lbs

1 292 kg

Number of rows

4

Coverage per units

0.66 ft2/unit

0.06 m2/unit

Coverage per row

7.94 ft2/row

0.74 m2/row

Linear coverage per row

15.88 lin. ft/row

4.84 lin. m/row

COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 101 for product compatibility.

Metric 2

H D

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

NOTES

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

6 7 15⁄16 15 7⁄8

152 202 403

48 units

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall. See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

01 | Linear pattern

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

techo-bloc.com

Visit our werbsite for more patterns.

riviera

208

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 208

rock garden brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


NEW

Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Corners and pillars TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 535 lbs

696 kg

Number of rows

2

Pillar height

36”

H

S

D

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

See page 101 for product compatibility.

NOTES

in

mm

Units /pallet

6 7 15⁄16 15 7⁄8

152 202 403

24 units WALLS & PILLARS

Length

COMPATIBLE CAPS

914 mm

The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.

riviera

rock garden brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 209

techo-bloc.com

See page 97 to 118 for more technical information.

209

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


STEPS &CAPS STEPS, CAPS (WALLS, COUNTERS AND PILLARS), POOL COPPING & OVERLAY SYSTEMS

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 210

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Compatibility Charts

Graphix cap

York 32"×32"

York 28"×28"

Raffinato 90 mm

York

Raffinato 60 mm

Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28”

Prima 14"

Piedimonte 28"×28"

Piedimonte

Bullnose Grande

Bullnose

Portofino

Baltimore 90 & 180 mm

Brandon cap

CAPS Architectural cap

WALLS & PILLARS

Borealis does not require a cap Brandon 90 & 180 mm

Brandon 90 & 180 mm pillar

G-Force

Graphix

Manchester

Mini-Creta Collection

Mini-Creta Pillar 24" Collection

Prescott Collection

 

Raffinato Collection

Raffinato Pillar Collection

 

 

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Prescott Pillar Collection

 

Röcka does not require a cap Semma

Semma Pillar

York 14"×48"

Travertina Raw

York wall caps 16", 32", 48"

Suprema

Travertina Raw pillar

Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28”

NOTE: The combinations shown in this chart are not complete. Other possible combinations exist.

Pool coping

Wall single-sided

Wall double-sided

Counter top

Pillar

 

LEGEND:  NEW PRODUCT

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 211

 

techo-bloc.com

Venetian

Blu 45 mm

York 32"×32"

York 28"×28"

Concrete & step overlay system

York 24"×36"

Raffinato 90 mm

Piedimonte 14"×30"

Raffinato 60 mm

Piedimonte 12"×30"

Prima 14"

Graphix cap

Portofino

Bullnose Grande

Piedimonte 28"×28"

Bullnose

Brandon cap

Step

Bali Travertina Raw

CAPS

Architectural cap

APPLICATIONS

211

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

POOL COPING

A.

TECHO-BLOC POOL COPING AND PAVER SECURED TO CONCRETE SLAB WITH ADHESIVE OR MORTAR

B.

CONCRETE DECK 39" (1 m) WIDE BY 4" (100 mm) THICK MIN.

C.

WELDED WIRE MESH, 6 X 6 - W1.4/W1.4 (152 X 152 MW9.1 X MW9.1)

D.

FLEXIBLE PIPE, 1 1⁄2" (40 mm) DIAM.

E.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 2" (50 mm) THICK MIN.

F.

CONCRETE PILLAR, 6" (150 mm) DIAM.

G.

SAND BACKFILL

H.

STRUT

I.

POOL PANEL

J.

POOL LINER

K.

PERFORATED DRAIN, 4" (100 mm) DIAM. WRAPPED WITH A GEOTEXTILE

L.

BEDDING COURSE, 1" (25 mm)

M.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) (see table page 242 for thickness)

N.

STEEL ROD 3⁄8" (10 mm) ANCHORED TO SUBGRADE

O.

CONCRETE FOOTING, 4" (100 mm) THICK MIN.

techo-bloc.com

POOL COPING INSTALLATION  Typical cross section

212

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 212

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide

OVERLAY OF EXISTING CONCRETE STEPS VENETIAN CAP, RISER AND SLAB BLU 45 MM OPTION 1: 7" (178 MM) HIGH RISER

A. Venetian Cap B. Venetian Riser (cut if the riser height is less than 7") C. Blu 45 mm Slab (3 sizes) D. Adhesive E. Techo-Bloc Pavers or Slabs F. Setting bed G. Compacted granular base 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) H. Rigid insulation I. Steel angle anchored to concrete J. Concrete stairway

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

STEP OVERLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION Typical cross section

OPTION 2: 5 7⁄8" (150 MM) TO 7 7⁄8" (200 MM) HIGH RISER A. Venetian Cap B. Sawn Venetian Riser (depending on the height of the riser) C. Blu 45 mm Slab (3 sizes) D. Adhesive E. Techo-Bloc Pavers or Slabs F. Setting bed G. Compacted granular base 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) H. Rigid insulation I. Steel angle anchored to concrete

STEP OVERLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION Typical cross section

techo-bloc.com

J. Concrete stairway

213

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 213

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Borealis DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

32 lin. ft/pal

9.76 lin. m/pal

Weight

3 073 lbs

1 394 kg

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

8 lin. ft

2.44 lin. m

Linear coverage per units

4 lin. ft

1.22 lin. m

D2 H D1

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth 1 Depth 2

S

Length

in

mm

6 15 3⁄4 16 48

152 400 406 1 219

Units /pallet

8 units

techo-bloc.com

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

NOTES * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

STEPS

smoked pine

214

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 214

hazelnut brandy

A.

BOREALIS STEP UNIT

B.

TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER

C.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK

D.

SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)

E.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

F.

GEOTEXTILE

G.

PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES

H.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)

sauvignon oak

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Maya DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Natural stone (Slate) PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

1 unit

1 unit

Weight

715 lbs

324 kg

Number of rows

1

Coverage (Approx.)

10.6 ft2/unit

0.98 m2/unit

Linear coverage (Approx.)

4 lin. ft/pal

1.22 lin. m/pal

H L

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

S

in

mm

6 32 48

152 813 1219

Units /pallet

1 unit

NOTES STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 215

A.

MAYA STEP UNIT

B.

SETTING BED ½’’ (12 MM) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)

C.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3/4’’ (0-20 MM) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

D.

GEOTEXTILE

E.

PERFORATED DRAIN 4’’ (100 MM) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES

F.

CLEAN STONE ¾’’ (20 MM)

techo-bloc.com

STEPS

215

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Raffinato DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

9 units

9 units

Weight

3 236 lbs

1 468 kg

Number of rows

3

Linear coverage per row

10.5 lin. ft

3.2 lin. m

Linear coverage per pallet

31.5 lin. ft

9.6 lin. m

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

T

in

mm

7 ⁄ 14 ⁄ 42

180 368 1 067

1 16 1 2

Units /pallet

9 units

NOTES

A.

RAFFINATO STEP UNIT

B.

TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER

C.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK

D.

SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)

E.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

techo-bloc.com

F. GEOTEXTILE

onyx black

greyed nickel

G.

PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES

H.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)

beige cream

216

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 216

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Röcka DESCRIPTION : Steps TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone)

Specifications per pallet 48" DOUBLE-SIDED

PALLET OVERVIEW - 48"

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

8 units

8 units

Linear coverage per pallet

32 lin. ft

9.76 lin. m

Weight

2 770 lbs

1 256 kg

Number of rows

4

Linear coverage per row

8 lin. ft/row

D2 H L

D1

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth 1

PALLET OVERVIEW - 60"

Depth 2 Length

60"

152 378 359 1 219

Units /pallet

8 units

Metric

Cubing

2 units

2 units

Linear coverage per pallet

10 lin. ft/pal

3.05 lin. m/pal

Weight

1 020 lbs

463 kg

Number of rows

1

H L

mm

6 14 7⁄8 14 1⁄8 48

Imperial

D2

S

in

D1

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth 1 Depth 2

NOTES

Length

in

mm

6 15 1⁄4 14 5⁄8 60

152 387 371 1 524

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Specifications per pallet

2.44 lin. m/row

Units /pallet

2 units

Röcka 48" is a double-sided step. Each side has slight natural texture differences. Please take that into consideration when installing them side by side. We recommend keeping the same texture together.

Röcka

Please note that there is a slight vertical angle on the front and back faces of the step 3⁄8", from the bottom to the top of the step.

Wall & Edge

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 217

techo-bloc.com

When building a staircase, the Röcka wall can be used to complete the sides and act as part of a structural system. See the product specifications on page 218.

To achieve a natural appearance, stone dimensions can vary up to 1⁄4" in width.

217

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Installation guide STEPS

RÖCKA

A.

RÖCKA STEP UNIT

B.

TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER

C.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK

D.

SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)

E.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

F. GEOTEXTILE PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES

H.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)

techo-bloc.com

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

G.

218

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 218

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


York 60" DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

2 units

Cubing

2 units

Linear coverage per pallet

10 lin. ft/pal

3.05 lin. m/pal

Weight

1 029 lbs

467 kg

Number of rows

1

H L

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

in

mm

6 15 60

152 381 1 524

Units /pallet

2 units

S NOTES STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

York is a single sided step chiseled on 3 sides. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 219

A.

YORK STEP UNIT

B.

TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER

C.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK

D.

SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)

E.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

F.

GEOTEXTILE

G.

PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES

H.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)

techo-bloc.com

NOTES

219

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Blu 45 mm DESCRIPTION : Concrete Overlay System TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

127.44 ft

11.84 m2

Weight

2 631 lbs

1 193 kg

Number of rows

12

Coverage per row

10.62 ft2/row

H L

Metric 2

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

0.99 m2/row

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 3⁄4 13 6 1⁄2

45 330 165

48 units

1 3⁄4 13 13

45 330 330

48 units

1 3⁄4 13 19 1⁄2

45 330 495

24 units

T B

Height

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

NOTES

Length

Blu 45 mm should only be used to overlay existing concrete patios. See page 213 for more technical information.

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

techo-bloc.com

Depth

sandlewood

02 | Modular pattern

shale grey

mojave beige

03 | Linear pattern

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

220

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 220

2016-12-07 11:22 AM


Blu 45 mm DESCRIPTION : Concrete Overlay System TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

127.44 ft

11.84 m2

Weight

2 631 lbs

1 193 kg

Number of rows

12

Linear coverage per row

10.62 ft2

H L

Metric 2

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

0.99 m2 in

mm

Units /pallet

1 3⁄4 13 6 1⁄2

45 330 165

48 units

1 3⁄4 13 13

45 330 330

48 units

1 3⁄4 13 19 1⁄2

45 330 495

24 units

T B

Height

NOTES

Depth Length

See page 213 for more technical information.

C

Height Depth Length

01 | Modular pattern

02 | Modular pattern

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Blu 45 mm should only be used to overlay existing concrete patios.

03 | Linear pattern

shale grey

champlain grey

chestnut brown

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.

221

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 221

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Venetian DESCRIPTION : Step Overlay System TEXTURE : Slate

Specifications per pallet RISER

PALLET OVERVIEW - RISER

PALLET OVERVIEW - CAP

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Linear coverage per pallet

64 lin. ft

19.52 lin. m

Weight

801 lbs

363 kg

Units

1.33 lin. ft

0.41 lin. m

Number of rows

4

Linear coverage per row

16 lin. ft

L

Unit dimensions

A

H D

Height Depth

T

Specifications per pallet CAP

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Length

NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. See page 213 for more technical information.

techo-bloc.com

mojave beige

champlain grey

45 178 406

Units /pallet

48 units

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Linear coverage per pallet

64 lin. ft

19.52 lin. m

Weight

1 530 lbs

694 kg

Units

1.33 lin. ft

0.41 lin. m

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

8 lin. ft

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

shale grey

mm

Metric

Depth

sandlewood

in

1 3⁄4 7 16

Imperial

H L

4.88 lin. m

harvest gold

chestnut brown

2.44 lin. m in

mm

1 3⁄4 14 16

45 356 406

Units /pallet

48 units

autumn red

222

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 222

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Venetian DESCRIPTION : Step Overlay System TEXTURE : Smooth

PALLET OVERVIEW - CAP

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Linear coverage per pallet

62.52 lin. ft

19.06 lin. m

Weight

811 lbs

368 kg

Units

1.30 lin. ft

0.40 lin. m

Number of rows

4

Linear coverage per row

15.63 lin. ft

A

H L

D

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

CAP

Specifications per pallet

NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. See page 213 for more technical information.

chestnut brown

greyed nickel

48 units

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Linear coverage per pallet

62.52 lin. ft

19.06 lin. m

Weight

1 500 lbs

680 kg

Units

1.30 lin. ft

0.40 lin. m

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

7.81 lin. ft

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Length

champlain grey

Units /pallet

45 178 397

Metric

Depth

shale grey

mm

Imperial

H L

in

1 3⁄4 7 15 5⁄8

beige cream

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

T

4.76 lin. m

2.38 lin. m

in

mm

Units /pallet

1 3⁄4 14 15 5⁄8

45 356 397

48 units

techo-bloc.com

Specifications per pallet RISER

PALLET OVERVIEW - RISER

223

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 223

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Architectural DESCRIPTION : Cap Double-Sided TEXTURE : Split Face PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

66 lin. ft

20.12 lin. m

Weight

2 390 lbs

1 084 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

8.25 lin. ft

L2 H L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

T B

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Height Depth Length 1

See page 211 for product compatibility.

Length 2

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 8 7⁄8 6 1⁄2

75 317 225 165

24 units

2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 11 13⁄16 9 7⁄16

75 317 300 240

24 units

2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 14 3⁄4 12 3⁄8

75 317 375 315

8 units

2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 14 3⁄4 13 9⁄16

75 317 375 345

16 units

NOTES The C* unit can be used as left and right corner units. It can also be used as a regular unit. Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

C*

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

techo-bloc.com

2.51 lin. m

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

onyx black

harvest gold

chestnut brown

chocolate brown

autumn red

224

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 224

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Installation guide CAP RADIUS - ARCHITECTURAL

techo-bloc.com

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

225

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 225

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


NEW

Bali Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Bullnose Pool coping TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

28 units

28 units

Linear coverage per pallet

37.33 lin. ft

11.38 lin. m

Weight

1 128 lbs

512 kg

Number of rows

1

Linear coverage per row

37.33 lin. ft

H1

H2 L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height 1 Height 2 Depth

S

Length

11.38 lin. m in

mm

2 â „ 2 â „ 12 16

57 70 305 406

1 4 3 4

Units /pallet

28 units

NOTES STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Palletized upright. Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

techo-bloc.com

See page 212 for more technical information.

riviera

226

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 226

rock garden brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Brandon DESCRIPTION : Cap TEXTURE : Slate BRANDON CAP ‐ PALLET OVERVIEW

PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

FULL PALLET

24 lin. ft

7.32 lin. m

Weight

FULL PALLET

1 213 lbs

550 kg

24 lin. ft

7.32 lin. m

1 lin. ft =.75 units

1 lin. m =2.46 units

Linear coverage per row

L2 H

L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

3 9⁄16 14 16

90 356 406

Units /pallet

18 units

T

COMPATIBLE WALLS

sandlewood

shale grey

chestnut brown

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

See page 211 for product compatibility.

champlain grey

onyx black

techo-bloc.com

227

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 227

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Bullnose DESCRIPTION : Cap and pool coping TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET

Cubing

Linear coverage per pallet

Imperial

Metric

180 units

180 units

88.60 lin. ft

27 lin. m

*HALF-PALLET 90 units

90 units

Linear coverage per pallet

44.30 lin. ft

13.50 lin. m

Units

2 units/lin. ft

6.56 units/lin. m

2 435 lbs

1 104 kg

FULL PALLET

Weight

*HALF-PALLET 1 264 lbs Number of rows

T

FULL PALLET

*HALF-PALLET 2

22.15 lin. ft

Linear coverage per row

COMPATIBLE WALLS

NOTES

6.75 lin. m

1 lin. ft =2.03 units 1 lin. m =6.67 units

See page 211 for product compatibility. STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

573 kg

4

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

* Colors only available in half-pallets.

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 12 5 7⁄8

60 305 150

180 units

Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

techo-bloc.com

See page 212 for more technical information.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

onyx black *

harvest gold

chestnut brown

chocolate brown *

228

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 228

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Bullnose Grande DESCRIPTION : Cap and pool coping TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

12 units

12 units

Linear coverage per pallet

29.53 lin. ft

9 lin. m

Weight

940 lbs

426 kg

Number of rows

6

Linear coverage per row

4.92 lin. ft

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

1.50 lin. m

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 14 ⁄ 29 1⁄2

56 357 750

12 units

3 16 1 16

COMPATIBLE WALLS See page 211 for product compatibility.

See page 212 for more technical information.

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

NOTES

229

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 229

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Graphix DESCRIPTION : Reversible Cap TEXTURE : Split Face and Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

28 units

28 units

46.67 lin. ft

14.22 lin. m

Units

0.60 unit/lin. ft

1.97 unit/lin. m

Weight

1 950 lb

885 kg

Number of rows

7

Linear coverage per row

6.67 lin. ft

2.03 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 0.60 unit

1.96 lin. m/unit

T

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 15â „16 14 20

75 355 508

28 units

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

See page 211 for product compatibility. split face side

NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

smooth side

techo-bloc.com

SMOOTH SIDE greyed nickel

beige cream

SPLIT SIDE onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

onyx black

230

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 230

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Piedimonte DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Thermal

Specifications per pallet 12"×30" WALL CAP

PALLET OVERVIEW - 14"×30"

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

80 lin. ft

24.39 lin. m

Weight

2 004 lbs

909 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

10 lin. ft

H L

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

PALLET SIDE VIEW - 28"×28"

60 lin. ft

18.29 lin. m

Weight

1 840 lbs

835 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

7.5 lin. ft

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height

Specifications per pallet 28"×28" PILLAR CAP

See page 211 for product compatibility.

Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4".Metric measures are approximate. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

2.29 lin. m

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 14 30

57 356 762

24 units

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

6 units

6 units

Weight

1 434 lbs

650 kg

Number of rows

6

NOTES

H L

32 units

Metric

Length

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Units /pallet

57 298 762

Imperial

Depth

S

mm

Cubing

H L

in

2 1⁄4 11 3⁄4 30

D

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 7⁄8 28 28

73 711 711

6 units

COMPATIBLE PILLARS FOR PIEDIMONTE PILLAR CAP 28"×28" Pillar 24" (Mini-Creta 3" and 6"), Pillar 24" (Mini-Creta 6" Architectural), Raffinato 90 mm and 180 mm and Semma split face.

riviera

onyx black

rock garden brown

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 231

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

14"×30" WALL & STEP CAP

Specifications per pallet

3.05 lin. m

techo-bloc.com

PALLET OVERVIEW - 12"×30"

231

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Portofino DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone) PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

50.22 lin. ft

15.30 lin. m

Weight

1 712 lbs

777 kg

Number of rows

7

Linear coverage per row

7.17 lin. ft

L2 H L1

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

S

B

Height Depth

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Length 1

See page 211 for product compatibility.

Length 2

2.19 lin. m in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 11 3⁄4 9 3⁄8

57 368 298 238

14 units

2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 15 7⁄8 13 3⁄4

57 368 403 349

14 units

2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 18 13⁄16 16 1⁄2

57 368 478 419

7 units

2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 19 19

57 368 483 483

7 units

NOTES You can use the D cap as a left or right corner. It can also be used as a regular unit. Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

C

Height Depth Length 1 Length 2

D

Height Depth

To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4". Metric measures are approximate.

Length 1 Length 2

techo-bloc.com

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

232

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 232

onyx black

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

azzurro

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Installation guide CAP RADIUS - PORTOFINO

techo-bloc.com

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.

233

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 233

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Prima 14" DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth surface, split and aged edge PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

64 lin. ft

19.51 lin. m

Weight

2 680 lbs

1 216 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

8 lin. ft

2.44 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 0.75 unit

1 lin. m = 2.46 units

T H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Depth Length

See page 211 for product compatibility.

in

2 â „ 14 16

15 16

mm

75 356 406

Units /pallet

48 units

techo-bloc.com

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

234

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 234

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Prima 14" DESCRIPTION : Cap Double-Sided TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Weight

2 680 lbs

1 216 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per pallet

64 lin. ft

19.51 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

8 lin. ft

2.44 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 0.75 unit

1 lin. m = 2.46 units

T

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Length

in

mm

2 15⁄16 13 3⁄4 16

75 350 406

Units /pallet

48 units

See page 211 for product compatibility.

NOTES

shale grey

chestnut brown

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

235

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 235

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


Raffinato 14"×28" DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth

Specifications per pallet 14"×28"

PALLET OVERVIEW - 14×28

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

2 783 lbs

1 262 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per pallet

56 lin. ft

17.07 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

7 lin. ft

2.13 lin. m

L

Unit dimensions

A

H D

Height Depth Length

T

3 ⁄ 14 28

9 16

mm

Units /pallet

90 356 711

24 units

NEW

See page 211 for product compatibility.

Specifications per pallet

NOTES By placing two units side by side, you will obtain a 28" pillar cap.

14"×28"

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

COMPATIBLE WALLS

in

14"

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 869 lbs

848 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per pallet

56 lin. ft

17.07 lin. m

Linear coverage per row

7 lin. ft

2.13 lin. m

28" H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

28"

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 3⁄8 14 28

60 356 711

24 units

COMPATIBLE PILLARS

techo-bloc.com

Pillar 24 (Mini-Creta 3" & 6"), Pillar 24 (Mini-Creta 6" Architectural), Manchester, Prescott 2,25 & 4,5, Raffinato 90 mm & 180 mm smooth.

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

sandlewood

shale grey

chestnut brown

champlain grey

236

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 236

2016-12-07 11:23 AM


NEW

Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW 12X30

12X30"

Specifications per pallet

PALLET OVERVIEW 14X28

Cubing

Imperial

Metric

32 units

32 units

80 lin. ft

24.38 m. lin

Weight

2 076 lbs

942 kg

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

10 lin. ft/row

H D

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

S

Cubing

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 30

57 298 762

32 units

1 4 3 4

Imperial

Metric

24 units

24 units

56 lin. ft

17.07 m. lin

COMPATIBLE WALLS

Weight

1 780 lbs

807 kg

See page 211 for product compatibility.

Number of rows

8

Linear coverage per row

7 lin. ft/row

NOTES By placing two units side by side, you will obtain a 28" pillar cap.

H D

L

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

2.13 lin. m/row

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 14 28

57 356 711

24 units

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

14X28"

Specifications per pallet

3.05 lin. m/row

14" 28"

riviera

rock garden brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 237

techo-bloc.com

28"

237

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


York Pillar Caps DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges

Specifications per pallet 28"X28"

PALLET SIDE VIEW - 28" and 32"

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

6 units

6 units

Weight

1 676 lbs

760 kg

Number of rows

6

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 1⁄2 28 3⁄4 28 3⁄4

89 730 730

6 units

S

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

See page 211 for product compatibility.

COMPATIBLE PILLAR - YORK 32"

Specifications per pallet 32"X32"

COMPATIBLE PILLARS - YORK 28"

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

6 units

6 units

Weight

2 083 lbs

945 kg

Number of rows

6

See page 211 for product compatibility. H

NOTES

L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 1⁄2 32 32

89 813 813

6 units

To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4".

techo-bloc.com

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

238

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 238

onyx black

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


York DESCRIPTION : Wall caps double-sided TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges

Specifications per pallet 14"×16" 14"×32" 14"×48"

PALLET OVERVIEW 14"×16", 14"×32" & 14"×48"

PALLET OVERVIEW - 14×48

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 lin. ft

14.63 lin. m

Weight

1 597 lbs

724 kg

Number of rows

1

Linear coverage per palett

48 lin. ft

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

B*

Height Depth Length

in

mm

2 1⁄4 14 16

57 356 406

Units /pallet

6 units

2 1⁄4 14 32

57 356 813

6 units

*Double sided unit with finished texture at one end

COMPATIBLE WALLS

C

Height

See page 211 for product compatibility.

Depth Length

NOTES

2 1⁄4 14 48

57 356 1 219

6 units

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

S

14.63 lin. m

Palletized upright.

Metric measures are approximate. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

onyx black

rock garden brown

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 lin. ft

14.63 lin. m

Weight

1 582 lbs

718 kg

Number of rows

1

Linear coverage per unit

4 lin. ft

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

chocolate brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 239

1.22 lin. m in

mm

2 1⁄4 14 48

57 356 1 219

Units /pallet

12 units

techo-bloc.com

To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4".

Specifications per pallet 14"×48"

Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.

239

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


York 24"×36" DESCRIPTION :Counter top TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges on the four sides PALLET OVERVIEW

24"x 36"

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

16 units

16 units

Weight

2 595 lbs

1 177 kg

Number of rows

1

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 1⁄4 24 36

57 610 914

16 units

S NOTES

STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM

Palletized upright. Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4". Metric measures are approximate.

techo-bloc.com

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

riviera

240

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 240

onyx black

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

ivory

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


EDGES EDGES & BORDERS

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 241

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide

INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC AVIGNON EDGE H. NAIL I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. GEOTEXTILE K. SUBGRADE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH AVIGNON EDGE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC BELGIK EDGE H. PLASTIC EDGE EDGES

I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH BELGIK EDGE

L. SUBGRADE

A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC BOREALIS EDGE

techo-bloc.com

H. PLASTIC EDGE I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH BOREALIS EDGE

L. SUBGRADE

242

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 242

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide

INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC BRANDON EDGE H. PLASTIC EDGE I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE L. SUBGRADE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH BRANDON EDGE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC PIETRA EDGE H. NAIL

J. GEOTEXTILE

EDGES

I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. SUBGRADE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH PIETRA EDGE

A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN

H.

PLASTIC EDGE

I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH RAFFINATO 90 mm EDGE

L. SUBGRADE

techo-bloc.com

G. TECHO-BLOC RAFFINATO 90 mm EDGE

243

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 243

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide

INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC RAFFINATO 180 mm EDGE H.

PLASTIC EDGE

I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH RAFFINATO 180 mm EDGE

L. SUBGRADE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC RÖCKA EDGE

EDGES

H.

PLASTIC EDGE

I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH RÖCKA EDGE

L. SUBGRADE

A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC TUNDRA EDGE techo-bloc.com

H. PLASTIC EDGE I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE

TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH TUNDRA EDGE

L. SUBGRADE

244

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 244

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Avignon DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Chiseled top and one sculpted side PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

90 units

90 units

Linear coverage per pallet

90 lin. ft

27.44 lin. m

Weight

2 785 lbs

1 263 kg

Number of rows

6

Linear coverage per row

15 lin. ft

4.57 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 1 unit

1 lin. m = 3.28 units

H L

T

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 4 1â „2 12

178 114 305

90 units

NOTES The Avignon and Pietra edges come with a plastic edge restraint system that can receive an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail. The edge restraint is easily inserted in the back groove of the block and secures the block in place with the use of an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail. Nail is not included. EDGES

See page 242 for more technical information.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

PLASTIC EDGE RESTRAINT SYSTEM. (Nail is not included)

245

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 245

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Belgik DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Split face and aged PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

120 units

120 units

Linear coverage per pallet

98.43 lin. ft

30 lin. m

Weight

2 610 lbs

1 184 kg

Number of rows

6

Linear coverage per row

16.40 lin. ft

5 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 1.22 units

1 lin. m = 4 units

H L

T

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

6 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 9 13⁄16

177 100 250

120 units

NOTES The Belgik border can be installed with mortar joints.

techo-bloc.com

EDGES

See page 242 for more technical information.

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

246

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 246

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Borealis DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW

S

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

32 ft

2.97 m2

Linear coverage per pallet

64 lin. ft

19.51 lin. m

Weight

3 042 lbs

1 380 kg

Number of rows

4

Coverage per row

8 ft2

0.74 m2

Coverage per unit

2 ft2

0.19 m2

Linear coverage per unit

4 lin. ft

1.22 lin. m

2

D2

NOTES

H D1

L

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length

in

mm

6 7 3â „4 8 48

152 197 203 1 219

Units /pallet

16 units

See page 242 for more technical information.

hazelnut brandy

sauvignon oak

TONE DISTRIBUTION

HIGH

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 247

techo-bloc.com

EDGES

smoked pine

247

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Brandon DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

140.75 lin. ft

42.90 lin. m

Weight

3 901 lbs

1 769 kg

Number of rows

4

Linear coverage per row

35.19 lin. ft

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

T

B

Height Depth

NOTES

Length

See page 243 for more technical information.

C

Height Depth

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 3 15⁄16 8 7⁄8

180 100 225

44 units

7 1⁄16 3 15⁄16 12 13⁄16

180 100 325

44 units

7 1⁄16 3 15⁄16 16 3⁄4

180 100 425

44 units

techo-bloc.com

EDGES

Length

10.73 lin. m

sandlewood

shale grey

champlain grey

onyx black

chestnut brown

chocolate brown

248

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 248

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Pietra DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Split face and aged

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

96 lin. ft

29.20 lin. m

Weight

1 277 lbs

579 kg

Number of rows

4

Linear coverage per row

24 lin. ft

7.32 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 1 unit

1 lin. m = 3.28 units

(Average)

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth

T

Length

NOTES

B

Height

The Avignon and Pietra edges come with a plastic edge restraint system that can receive an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail. The edge restraint is easily inserted in the back groove of the block and secures the block in place with the use of an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail. Nail is not included.

Depth Length

C

Height Depth Length

PLASTIC EDGE RESTRAINT SYSTEM. (Nail is not included)

sandlewood

shale grey

mojave beige

mm

Units /pallet

4 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 8 7⁄8

114 80 225

32 units

4 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 11 13⁄16

114 80 300

32 units

4 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 14 3⁄4

114 80 375

32 units

1 2 1 8

EDGES

See page 243 for more technical information.

in

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

PALLET OVERVIEW

249

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 249

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Raffinato 90 mm DESCRIPTION : Edges TEXTURE : Smooth or polished

Specifications per pallet 90 mm SMOOTH

PALLET OVERVIEW - SMOOTH

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

48 units

48 units

Weight

1 548 lbs

702 kg

Number of rows

2

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

Specifications per pallet 90 mm POLISHED

PALLET OVERVIEW - POLISHED

mm

Units /pallet

90 249 359

48 units

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

40 units

40 units

Weight

1 559 lbs

707 kg

Number of rows

2

H L

in

3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 9⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16

90 248 357

40 units

T

EDGES

NOTES See page 243 for more technical information.

POLISHED

techo-bloc.com

SMOOTH onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

250

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 250

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Raffinato 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Edges TEXTURE : Smooth or polished

Specifications per pallet 180 mm SMOOTH

PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm SMOOTH

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

24 units

24 units

Weight

1 529 lbs

694 kg

Number of rows

2

H L

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

Specifications per pallet 180 mm POLISHED

PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm POLISHED

mm

Units /pallet

180 249 359

24 units

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

20 units

20 units

Weight

1 557 lbs

706 kg

Number of rows

2

H L

in

7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8

D

A

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

7 1⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16

180 248 357

20 units

T EDGES

NOTES See page 244 for more technical information.

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

onyx black

greyed nickel

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

POLISHED

SMOOTH

251

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 251

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Röcka DESCRIPTION :Edge TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone) PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 1

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Cubing

19.88 ft

1.85 m2

Weight

1 860 lbs

844 kg

Number of rows

3

Coverage per row

6.63 ft2

0.62 m2

Coverage per unit

A

0.55 ft

0.05 m2

B

1.10 ft2

0.10 m2

B

1.66 ft2

0.15 m2

39.75 lin. ft

12.12 lin. m

PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 2 Linear coverage per pallet

D2 H L

D1

Metric 2

2

Unit dimensions

A

Height Depth 1 Depth 2

PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 3

Length

B

Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length

Height Depth 1

S

Depth 2 Length

NOTES

mm

Units /pallet

6 7 3⁄4 8 13 1⁄4

152 197 203 337

8 units

6 7 3⁄4 8 26 1⁄2

152 197 203 673

8 units

6 7 3⁄4 8 39 3⁄4

152 197 203 1 010

4 units

EDGES

C

in

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

NOTES

riviera

rock garden brown

chocolate brown

baja beige

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 252

techo-bloc.com

See page 244 for more technical information.

252

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Tundra DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

64 units

64 units

Linear coverage per pallet

52.50 lin. ft

16 lin. m

Weight

2 520 lbs

1 143 kg

Number of rows

4

Linear coverage per row

13.12 lin. ft

4 lin. m

1 lin. ft = 1.22 units

1 lin. m = 4 units

D1 H2

H1

T

L

A

D2

Unit dimensions Height 1 Height 2 Depth 1 Depth 2 Length

NOTES

in

mm

Units /pallet

3 9⁄16 6 5⁄16 4 8 7⁄8 9 13⁄16

90 160 102 225 250

64 units

See page 244 for more technical information.

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

EDGES

sandlewood

253

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 253

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


OUTDOOR FEATURES FIREPLACES, FIRE PITS, PIZZA OVENS & GRILL ISLANDS

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 254

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Brandon Rectangular Fire pit Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

58 units

58 units

Weight

2 660 lbs

1 207 kg

Overall Height

19 15⁄16"

507 mm

Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. Piedimonte caps inculded.

Overall Width

44 1⁄2"

1 130 mm

Overall Length

57 ⁄ "

1 467 mm

Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.

Brandon 90 mm units

20 C units

Brandon 90 mm corner units

30 units

Cap units

8 units

T

TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY APPLIES TO BRANDON STONES THE WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSORY KIT

NOTES

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

3 4

INSERT

20 1⁄4" - 514 mm

34 1⁄2" - 876 mm

0.105" - 2.7 mm

See page 256 for more technical information.

20" 508 mm

32 1⁄2" 825 mm

18 1⁄4" - 464 mm

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

shale grey

255

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 255

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide BRANDON RECTANGLE, FIRE PIT

ELEVATION A

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

TOP

256

ELEVATION B

SECTION 1-1

A.

STEEL BOX INSERT

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED

B.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK

- Piedimonte cap: 8

C.

PIEDIMONTE CAP (PRE-CUT)

-B randon 90 mm block C : 20 - Brandon 90 mm corner block: 30

D.

BRANDON 90 mm BLOCK

E.

TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS

F.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)

G.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)

H.

BRANDON 90 mm CORNER BLOCK

NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fire pit comply with local regulations and code requirements.

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 256

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Brandon Square Fire pit Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

66 units

66 units

Weight

2 454 lbs

1 113 kg

Overall Height

19 15⁄16"

507 mm

Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. Piedimonte caps inculded.

Overall Width

53 1⁄2"

1 359 mm

Overall Length

53 ⁄ "

1 359 mm

Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.

Brandon 90 mm units

20 A units

20 B units

Brandon 90 mm corner units

20 units

Cap units

6 units

T

TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY APPLIES TO BRANDON STONES THE WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSORY KIT

NOTES

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

1 2

INSERT

28 3⁄4" - 730 mm 28 ⁄4" - 730 mm 3

0.105" - 2.7 mm

See page 258 for more technical information.

17 1⁄2" 445 mm

26 3⁄4" 679 mm

3 ⁄4" 26 9 mm 67

26 3⁄4" - 679 mm

chestnut brown

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

shale grey

257

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 257

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide BRANDON SQUARE, FIRE PIT

ELEVATION A

OUTDOOR FEATURES

TOP

techo-bloc.com

SECTION 1-1

258

A.

STEEL BOX INSERT

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED

B.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK

-

Piedimonte cap: 6

C.

PIEDIMONTE CAP (PRE-CUT)

-

Brandon 90 mm block: 20 A , 20 B

-

Brandon 90 mm corner block: 20

D.

BRANDON 90 mm BLOCK

E.

TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS

F.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)

G.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)

H.

BRANDON 90 mm CORNER BLOCK

NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fire pit comply with local regulations and code requirements.

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 258

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Manchester Foyer Shale Grey DESCRIPTION : Fireplace TEXTURE : Smooth and aged

Top Section

imperial

metric

Weight

2 134 lbs

968 kg

Height

53 3⁄8”

1 356 mm

Depth

52”

1 321 mm

Length

32”

813 mm

imperial

metric

Weight

4 985 lbs

2 261 kg

Height

43 ⁄ ”

1 105 mm

Depth

60 ⁄ ”

1 527 mm

Length

44”

1 118 mm

Woodbox

(with chimney)

Bottom Section

1 2

1 8

imperial

metric

Weight

1 568 lbs

711 kg

Height

30 ⁄ ”

772 mm

(With York Cap)

3 8

Depth

34”

864 mm

Length

36 5⁄8”

930 mm

Top Section

T NOTES

Report number: 0538WF001S

Woodbox

UL-127 & ULC-S610 compliant

OUTDOOR FEATURES

Bottom Section

See page 260 for more technical information.

shale grey

techo-bloc.com

FRONT

259

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 259

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide

MANCHESTER FOYER SHALE GREY

A. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 30 MPa 150 mm (6") THICK B. 152 × 152 MW 18.7 × MW 18.7 (6 × 6-W2.9 × W2.9) WELDED WIRE MESH AS PER SITE CONDITIONS C. 300 mm (12") Ø CONCRETE PILLAR FOUNDATION EXTENDED TO 150 mm (6") BELOW FROST LINE AS PER SITE CONDITIONS AND LOCAL BUILDING REGULATIONS D. 20 mm (3⁄4") CLEAN STONE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS E. NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL F. GEOTEXTILE

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

TOP

260

FRONT

SIDE

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fireplace comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 260

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Manchester Foyer Harvest Gold DESCRIPTION : Fireplace TEXTURE : Smooth and aged

Top Section

imperial

metric

Weight

2 134 lbs

968 kg

Height

53 1⁄4”

1 353 mm

Depth

52"

1 321 mm

Length

32"

813 mm

imperial

metric

Weight

4 985 lbs

2 261 kg

Height

43 ⁄ ”

1 105 mm

Woodbox

(with chimney)

Bottom Section

1 2

Depth

59”

1 499 mm

Length

43”

1 092 mm

imperial

metric

Weight

1 568 lbs

711 kg

Height

30 ⁄ ”

768 mm

(With Bullnose Cap)

1 4

Depth

33"

838 mm

Length

34”

864 mm

Top Section

T NOTES

Report number: 0538WF001S

Woodbox

UL-127 & ULC-S610 compliant

OUTDOOR FEATURES

Bottom Section

See page 262 for more technical information.

harvest gold

techo-bloc.com

FRONT

261

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 261

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide

MANCHESTER FOYER HARVEST GOLD

A. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 30 MPa 150 mm (6") THICK B. 152 × 152 MW 18.7 × MW 18.7 (6 × 6-W2.9 × W2.9) WELDED WIRE MESH AS PER SITE CONDITIONS C. 300 mm (12") Ø CONCRETE PILLAR FOUNDATION EXTENDED TO 150 mm (6") BELOW FROST LINE AS PER SITE CONDITIONS AND LOCAL BUILDING REGULATIONS D. 20 mm (3⁄4") CLEAN STONE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS E. NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL F. GEOTEXTILE

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

TOP

262

FRONT

SIDE

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fireplace comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 262

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Manchester Pizza Oven Elite DESCRIPTION : Pizza oven TEXTURE : Smooth and aged

T NOTES

Specifications per pallet TOP SECTION

COMES WITH VARIOUS PIZZA ACCESSORIES. 2 pieces Modular system, Sold as a kit not pre-assembled.

Imperial

Metric

Weight

3 950 lbs

1 792 kg

Height

49 ⁄ "

1 260 mm

Depth

49 1⁄4"

1 251 mm

Length

49 ⁄ "

1 248 mm

Imperial

Metric

See page 266 for more technical information about the Manchester Elite pizza oven.

BOTTOM SECTION

Specifications per pallet

5 8

1 8

Weight

4 990 lbs 2 263 kg

Height

41 3⁄4"

1 060 mm

Depth

49 ⁄ "

1 251 mm

Length

58 ⁄ "

1 492 mm

1 4

3 4

PIZZA OVEN CHAMBER Can be purchased separately

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Weight

900 lbs

408 kg

Interior depth × length × height

27 × 30 × 15

Exterior depth × length × height

33 × 36 × 33 ⁄

838 × 914 × 851

Chamber opening width×height

15 ⁄ × 8

393 × 203

686 × 762 × 381 1 2

1 2

harvest gold

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

shale grey

263

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 263

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Installation guide

MANCHESTER ELITE, PIZZA OVEN

RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

FRONT ELEVATION

264

NOTE: The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the pizza oven comply with local regulations and code requirements. The construction of the base should include the installation of a concrete slab and pillars under the slab. The depth of the pillars and reinforcement requirements should be determined based on site conditions and comply with local code. Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 264

2016-12-07 11:24 AM


Manchester Pizza Oven Rustic DESCRIPTION : Pizza oven TEXTURE : Smooth and aged

1 100 mm

Depth

43 5⁄16"

1 100 mm

Length

47 ⁄ "

1 200 mm

Manchester shale grey

112

Manchester onyx black

23

FORNO PIZZA OVEN

7.5 in. (19 cm)

4.5 in. (11 cm)

Metric

2 330 lbs 1 056 kg

Height

42 15⁄16"

1 090 mm

Depth

37"

940 mm

Length

30"

762 mm

Counter top

1

Manchester shale grey

64

Forno Sold sperately

Imperial

Weight

Specifications per pal.

20 in. (51 cm)

1 4

Forno Sold sperately

43 5⁄16"

Base

2 803 lbs 1 271 kg

Height

Specifications per pal.

COUNTER

Depth Base Opening 27.6 inches

Metric

Counter

Width - Base Opening 31.5 inches

Imperial

Weight

Base

Imperial

Metric

Weight

400 lbs

181 kg

Height

45 ⁄ "

1 160 mm

Width

33 ⁄ "

855 mm

Length

38 9⁄16"

980 mm

11 16

11 16

Forno Sold sperately

COMES WITH VARIOUS PIZZA ACCESSORIES. 2 pieces Modular system, Sold as a kit not pre-assembled.

BASE

Specifications per pal.

T

NOTES

harvest gold

techo-bloc.com

shale grey

OUTDOOR FEATURES

See page 266 for more technical information about the Manchester Elite pizza oven.

265

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 265

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Installation guide

MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP

MANCHESTER RUSTIC, PIZZA OVEN

FRONT ELEVATION

RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP Manchester block (shale grey): 112

MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP

OUTDOOR FEATURES

Manchester block (onyx black): 23

LEFT SIDE ELEVATION

FRONT ELEVATION

RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP Manchester block (shale grey): 176

techo-bloc.com

Manchester block (onyx black): 23

266

Counter top: 1

NOTE: Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the pizza oven comply with local regulations and code requirements. The construction of the base should include the installation of a concrete slab and pillars under the slab. The depth of the pillars and reinforcement requirements should be determined based on site conditions and comply with local code Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 266

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Prescott DESCRIPTION : Fire pit TEXTURE : Natural stone

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Weight

2 813 lbs

1276 kg

Height

18"

457 mm

Depth

51 3⁄4"

1 314 mm

Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. Piedimonte caps included.

Length

51 3⁄4"

1 314 mm

Piedimonte caps

6

Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.

Prescott 2,25" block

7 A , 18 B , 7 C

Prescott 4,5" block

3 A ,6 B ,3 C

Prescott 2,25" corner block

16

Prescott 4,5" corner block

6

S NOTES

* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.

28 3⁄4" - 730 mm

28 ⁄4" - 730 mm 3

See page 268 for more technical information.

0.105" - 2.7 mm 17 1⁄2" 445 mm

26 3⁄4" 679 mm

3 ⁄4" 26 9 mm 67

26 3⁄4" - 679 mm

rock garden brown

TONE DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 267

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

riviera

267

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Installation guide PRESCOTT FIRE PIT

ELEVATION A

ELEVATION B

TOP

ELEVATION C

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

ELEVATION D

268

SECTION 1-1

A.

STEEL BOX INSERT

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED

B.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK

- Piedimonte cap: 6

C . PIEDIMONTE CAP (CUT)

- Prescott 2.25"block: 7 A , 18 B , 7 C

D.

PRESCOTT 4.5" BLOCK

- Prescott 4.5"block: 3 A , 6 B , 3 C

E.

PRESCOTT 2.25" BLOCK

- Prescott 2.25" corner block: 16

F.

TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS

- Prescott 4.5" corner block: 6

G.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)

H.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) (SEE TABLE PAGE 251 FOR THICKNESS)

I.

PRESCOTT 4.5" CORNER BLOCK

J.

PRESCOTT 2.25" CORNER BLOCK

NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the firepit comply with local regulations and code requirements.

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 268

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Raffinato DESCRIPTION : Pizza oven TEXTURE : Smooth

Base

BASE

Forno Sold sperately

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Weight

2 073 lbs

940 kg

Height

39"

990 mm

Depth

42 ⁄ "

1 077 mm

Length

47 7⁄8"

1 216 mm

Raffinato 90 mm block

24

Raffinato 180 mm block

40

3 8

Counter

Forno Sold sperately

COUNTER

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Weight

1 330 lbs

603 kg

Height

39"

990 mm

Depth

37"

940 mm

Length

30"

762 mm

Counter top

1

Raffinato 180 mm block

25

Specifications per pallet Weight

T NOTES COMES WITH VARIOUS PIZZA ACCESSORIES. Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. See page 270 for more technical information.

INTERIOR DIMENSIONS

Metric

400 lbs

181 kg

Height

77"

1 956 mm

Width

34"

864 mm

Length

39"

991 mm

Height

14"

356 mm

Width

24"

610 mm

Length

32"

813 mm

- 100% Made in Italy - Steel and 441 Stainless Steel Construction - Solid weld construction - Rock Based Insulation which will not break down

-

OUTDOOR FEATURES

FORNO, PIZZA OVEN

EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS

Imperial

Food Grade Cooking Stones 10-15 Min Preheat Time Easy Setup Portable

Width - Base Opening 28.3 inches

20 in. (51 cm)

techo-bloc.com

beige cream

7.5 in. (19 cm)

greyed nickel

4.5 in. (11 cm)

Depth Base Opening 22.8 inches

269

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 269

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Installation guide

MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP

RAFFINATO, PIZZA OVEN

FRONT ELEVATION

LEFT SIDE ELEVATION

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP Raffinato 90 mm block: 24

MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP

OUTDOOR FEATURES

Raffinato 180 mm block: 40

LEFT SIDE ELEVATION

FRONT ELEVATION

RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP Raffinato 90 mm block: 24 Raffinato 180 mm block: 65

techo-bloc.com

Counter top: 1

270

NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the pizza oven comply with local regulations and code requirements. The construction of the base should include the installation of a concrete slab and pillars under the slab. The depth of the pillars and reinforcement requirements should be determined based on site conditions and comply with local code.

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 270

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Raffinato DESCRIPTION : Fire pit TEXTURE : Smooth

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Weight

2 700 lbs

1 224 kg

Height

21 ⁄ "

540 mm

Depth

41 1⁄2"

1 054 mm

Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. 12"×24" caps inculded.

Length

55 7⁄8"

1 419 mm

12"×24" caps

8

Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.

Raffinato 90 mm corner block

10

Raffinato 180 mm corner block

20

T NOTES

See page 272 for more technical information.

1 4

20 1⁄4" - 514 mm

34 1⁄2" - 876 mm

0.105" - 2.7 mm

20" 508 mm

32 1⁄2" 825 mm

18 1⁄4" - 464 mm

beige cream

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

greyed nickel

271

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 271

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Installation guide RAFFINATO FIRE PIT

ELEVATION A

TOP ELEVATION B

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

SECTION 1-1

272

A.

STEEL BOX INSERT

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED

B.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK

- 12" × 24" cap: 8

C. 12" × 24" CAP (CUT)

- Raffinato 90 mm corner block: 10

D.

RAFFINATO 180 mm CORNER BLOCK

- Raffinato 180 mm corner block: 20

E.

RAFFINATO 90 mm CORNER BLOCK

F.

TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS

G.

SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)

H.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) (SEE TABLE PAGE 252 FOR THICKNESS)

NOTE: Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the firepit comply with local regulations and code requirements.

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 272

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Valencia DESCRIPTION : Fire pit TEXTURE : Split face and aged PALLET OVERVIEW

Specifications per pallet

Imperial

Metric

Cubing

80 units

80 units

Weight

1 557 lbs

706 kg

Height

14 3⁄4"

375 mm

Exterior Diameter

48 15⁄16"

1 243 mm

Interior Diameter

29 ⁄ "

740 mm

Number of rows

5

H

T

TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY APPLIES TO VALENCIA STONES THE WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSORY KIT

L

D

A

1 8

Unit dimensions Height Depth Length

in

mm

Units /pallet

2 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 9 3⁄4

75 250 247

80 units

15 16 13 16

NOTES A Spark screen should always cover the fire bowl when the fireplace is in use. Insert sold separately. Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.

Insert 29 1⁄8" - 740 mm

See page 274 for more technical information.

10"- 254 mm

shale grey

mojave beige

champlain grey

harvest gold

chestnut brown

autumn red

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

ssandlewood

273

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 273

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


Installation guide VALENCIA FIRE PIT

ELEVATION A

SECTION 1-1

A.

STEEL BOX INSERT

QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED

B.

CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 6" (150 mm) THICK

- Valencia block: 80

C.

VALENCIA BLOCK

D.

TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS

E.

SETTING BED 1” (25 mm)

F.

COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4” (0-20 mm)

NOTE: Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fire pit comply with local regulations and code requirements.

techo-bloc.com

OUTDOOR FEATURES

TOP VIEW

274

Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.

SB17_Book_V1_USA.indb 274

2016-12-07 11:25 AM


COLOR Due to the inherent nature of printed literature and current digital media, Techo-Bloc cannot guarantee specific color matching to printed representations of its color swatches. Each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another. Therefore, color samples shown are approximate representations of our standard colors and actual product colors may vary. Final color selection should be made at your local dealer from stocked product. Techo-Bloc always recommends immediately verifying the product and color upon reception. If there are any discrepancies, contact your local dealer before continuing your project. Installation of the product constitutes your acceptance of the product as is.

PROPER COLOR DISTRIBUTION AND LAYING TECHNIQUES Proper installation enhances the overall color of pavement. Units should be randomly picked from at least two pallets when installing. This creates an attractive and subtle blending of color.

EFFLORESCENCE This warranty does not apply to efflorescence. Efflorescence is a natural occurring process in all concrete products which sometimes appears in the form of a white powdery film on the pavement surface. Efflorescence is more perceivable in darker colors such as Onyx Black and Chocolate Brown as there is a higher level of contrast than with other blended colors. It does not, in any way, compromise the functionality or the structural integrity of the product. Although efflorescence cannot be prevented, it will wash off over time or can be cleaned with efflorescence cleaner. TechoBloc accepts no responsibility or liability for this condition.

POLYMERIC HAZE Polymeric haze from the use of polymeric joint sand may appear on your concrete products if the sand was not removed from the surface of the paver properly. This does not, in any way, affect the integrity of the product or your installation. The hazing will weather away naturally with time and rain. It can be removed with a specialized cleaner; you are advised to contact your contractor or the polymeric sand company used for advice on recommendations. Techo-Bloc accepts no responsibility or liability for this occurrence.

CONSTRUCTION RESIDUE A by-product of cutting with a saw is residue-filled water or concrete dust. Residue-filled water or re-hydrated dust can cling to the surface and leave a concrete stain. It is recommended to wash and remove the water or concrete dust from the surface of the pavers before it dries. Construction residue can also happen through soil disturbance or environmental elements. These contaminants should be removed immediately but do not affect the integrity of the product or your installation. Techo-Bloc accepts no responsibility or liability for these occurrences.

COMPACTOR AND SNOW REMOVAL EQUIPMENT Pavers with an embossed surface (high and low points) are more susceptible to scuff marks from vibratory plate compactors used in most concrete paver installations. Techo-Bloc recommends the use of a urethane mat between the plate and the paver surface during compacting. Contact your equipment supplier for more information about accessories for this purpose. Also, snow removal equipment should have the proper spacing, bumpers, and rubber blade guards to protect the surface of the pavers. Techo-Bloc is not responsible for damage caused by the misuse of compaction or snow removal equipment, which may leave scuff marks, or burns on pavers.

SB17_Sec000_C1-C4_USA.indd 2

2016-12-07 11:37 AM


HARDSCAPER’S HANDBOOK USA PENNSYLVANIA 852 W. Pennsylvania Avenue, Pen Argyl, PA 18072 PENNSYLVANIA 23 Quarry Road, Douglassville, PA 19518 MASSACHUSETTS 70 East Brookfield Rd., North Brookfield, MA 01535 NORTH CAROLINA 5135 Surrett Drive, Archdale, NC 27263 OHIO

T E C H O

15000 W. Akron Canfield Rd., Berlin Center, OH 44401

S P E C

ILLINOIS

3401, 85th Avenue West, Rock Island, IL 61201

WATERLOO

2397 County Road 27, Waterloo, IN 46793

CANADA

OTTAWA 6310 Hazeldean Road - P.O. Box 1791, Stittsville, ON K2S 1B4

USA

V O L .17

USA

MONTREAL 5255 Albert-Millichamp street, Saint-Hubert, QC J3Y 8Z8

TECHOSPEC

ILLINOIS

24312 W. Riverside Dr, Channahon, IL 60410

TORONTO 10 Freshway Drive, Vaughan, ON L4K 1S3 TORONTO 1050 Industrial Road, Ayr, ON N0B 1E0

• • • •

DE-ICING SALT RESISTANT STRENGTH & DURABILITY TRANSFERABLE LIFETIME WARRANTY COLOR THROUGH & THROUGH

PROUD MEMBER OF

SB17_Sec000_C1-C4_USA.indd 1

VOLUME 17

TOLL FREE: 1.877.832.4625 WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM

2016-12-07 11:37 AM


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.